Energy Conservation for Certain Industrial Equipment: Alternative Efficiency Determination Methods and Test Procedures for Walk-In Coolers and Walk-In Freezers, 9817-9847 [2014-03101]
Download as PDF
Vol. 79
Thursday,
No. 34
February 20, 2014
Part III
Department of Energy
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
10 CFR Parts 429 and 431
Energy Conservation for Certain Industrial Equipment: Alternative Efficiency
Determination Methods and Test Procedures for Walk-In Coolers and
Walk-In Freezers; Proposed Rule
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
9818
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
10 CFR Parts 429 and 431
[Docket Number EERE–2011–BT–TP–0024]
RIN 1904–AC46
Energy Conservation for Certain
Industrial Equipment: Alternative
Efficiency Determination Methods and
Test Procedures for Walk-In Coolers
and Walk-In Freezers
Office of Energy Efficiency and
Renewable Energy, Department of
Energy.
ACTION: Supplemental notice of
proposed rulemaking.
AGENCY:
The U.S. Department of
Energy (DOE) proposes to revise its
existing regulations for walk-in coolers
and walk-in freezers regarding the use of
methods other than testing for certifying
compliance and reporting ratings in
accordance with energy conservation
standards. DOE also proposes
clarifications its test procedures for this
equipment.
DATES: Comments: DOE will accept
comments, data, and information
regarding this supplemental notice of
proposed rulemaking (SNOPR) no later
than March 24, 2014. See section V,
‘‘Public Participation,’’ for details.
ADDRESSES: Interested persons are
encouraged to submit comments using
the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
www.regulations.gov. Alternatively,
interested persons may submit
comments, identified by docket number
EERE–2011–BT–TP–0024 and/or RIN
1904–AC46, by any of the following
methods:
• Email: AED-ARM-2011-TP-0024@
ee.doe.gov. Include EERE–2011–BT–
TP–0024 and/or RIN 1904–AC46in the
subject line of the message. Submit
electronic comments in WordPerfect,
Microsoft Word, PDF, or ASCII file
format, and avoid the use of special
characters or any form of encryption.
• Postal Mail: Ms. Brenda Edwards,
U.S. Department of Energy, Building
Technologies Office, Mailstop EE–5B,
1000 Independence Avenue SW.,
Washington, DC 20585– 0121. If
possible, please submit all items on a
compact disc (CD), in which case it is
not necessary to include printed copies.
• Hand Delivery/Courier: Ms. Brenda
Edwards, U.S. Department of Energy,
Building Technologies Office, 950
L’Enfant Plaza SW., 6th Floor,
Washington, DC 20024. Telephone:
(202) 586–2945. If possible, please
submit all items on a CD, in which case
it is not necessary to include printed
copies.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
For detailed instructions on
submitting comments and additional
information on the rulemaking process,
see section V of this document (Public
Participation).
Docket: The docket is available for
review at www.regulations.gov,
including Federal Register notices,
public meeting attendee lists and
transcripts, comments, and other
supporting documents/materials. All
documents in the docket are listed in
the www.regulations.gov index.
However, not all documents listed in
the index may be publicly available,
such as information that is exempt from
public disclosure.
A link to the docket Web page can be
found at: https://www.regulations.gov/
#!docketDetail;D=EERE-2011-BT-TP0024. This Web page contains a link to
the docket for this notice on the
www.regulations.gov site. The
www.regulations.gov Web page contains
simple instructions on how to access all
documents, including public comments,
in the docket. See section V, ‘‘Public
Participation,’’ for information on how
to submit comments through
www.regulations.gov.
For information on how to submit a
comment or review other public
comments and the docket, contact Ms.
Brenda Edwards at (202) 586–2945 or by
email: Brenda.Edwards@ee.doe.gov.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ms.
Ashley Armstrong, U.S. Department of
Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and
Renewable Energy, Building
Technologies Office, EE–5B, 1000
Independence Avenue SW.,
Washington, DC 20585–0121.
Telephone: (202) 586–6590. Email:
Ashley.Armstrong@ee.doe.gov.
Mr. Michael Kido, U.S. Department of
Energy, Office of the General Counsel,
GC–71, 1000 Independence Avenue
SW., Washington, DC 20585–0121.
Telephone: (202) 586–8145. Email:
Michael.Kido@hq.doe.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
A. Alternative Efficiency Determination
Method
1. Applicable Equipment
2. Validation
a. Number of Tested Units Required for
Validation
b. Tolerances for Validation
3. Certified Rating
4. Verification
a. Failure To Meet a Certified Rating
b. Action Following Enforcement Testing:
Determination of Noncompliance
5. Re-Validation
a. Change in Standards or Test Procedures
b. Re-Validation Using Active Models
c. Time Allowed for Re-Validation
B. Refrigeration Test Procedure
1. Rating of Refrigeration Components
2. Defrost Test
3. Refrigerant Oil Testing
4. Temperature Measurement
5. Test Condition Tolerances
6. Insulation
7. Composition Analysis
8. Piping Length
9. Other Clarifications and Modifications
C. Test Procedure for WICF Panel R-Value
(ASTM C518–04)
D. Performance-Based Test Procedures for
Walk-In Coolers and Freezers
E. Compliance With Other EPCA
Requirements
IV. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review
A. Review Under Executive Order 12866
B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility
Act
C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction
Act of 1995
D. Review Under the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995
H. Review Under the Treasury and General
Government Appropriations Act, 1999
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
J. Review Under Treasury and General
Government Appropriations Act, 2001
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
L. Review Under Section 32 of the Federal
Energy Administration Act of 1974
V. Public Participation
A. Submission of Comments
B. Issues on Which DOE Seeks Comment
VI. Approval of the Office of the Secretary
Table of Contents
A. Authority
Title III, Part C of the Energy Policy
and Conservation Act of 1975 (‘‘EPCA’’
or ‘‘the Act’’, Pub. L. 94–163) sets forth
a variety of provisions designed to
improve energy efficiency. The National
Energy Conservation Policy Act
(‘‘NECPA’’, Pub. L. 95–619) amended
EPCA and established the energy
conservation program for certain
industrial equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6311–
6317) The Energy Independence and
Security Act of 2007 (‘‘EISA 2007’’)
further amended EPCA to include,
among others, two types of industrial
equipment that are the subject of today’s
I. Authority and Background
A. Authority
B. Background
1. Alternative Efficiency Determination
Method
2. Test Procedures for WICF Refrigeration
Equipment
3. Test Procedures and Prescriptive
Requirements for WICF Foam Panel
R-Value
4. Performance-Based Test Procedures for
Energy Consumption of Envelope
Components
II. Summary of the Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking
III. Discussion
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
I. Authority and Background
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
notice: walk-in coolers and walk-in
freezers (collectively, ‘‘walk-ins’’ or
‘‘WICFs’’). (42 U.S.C. 6311(1)(G)) Walkins are enclosed storage spaces of less
than 3,000 square feet that can be
walked into and are refrigerated to
temperatures above and at or below 32
degrees Fahrenheit, respectively. (42
U.S.C. 6311(20)(A)) This term, by
statute, excludes equipment designed
for medical, scientific, or research
purposes. (42 U.S.C. 6311(20)(B))
Under EPCA, the energy conservation
program generally consists of four parts:
(1) Testing; (2) labeling; (3) establishing
Federal energy conservation standards;
and (4) certification and enforcement
procedures. The testing requirements
consist of test procedures that
manufacturers of covered equipment
must use as the basis for making
representations about the efficiency of
that equipment (42 U.S.C. 6314(d)),
including those representations made to
DOE that the covered equipment
complies with the applicable energy
conservation standards adopted
pursuant to EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6316(h))
Similarly, DOE must use these test
requirements to determine whether the
products comply with the relevant
energy conservation standards. (42
U.S.C. 6316(h)) For certain consumer
products and commercial and industrial
equipment, DOE’s testing regulations
currently allow manufacturers to use an
alternative efficiency determination
method (AEDM), in lieu of actual
testing, to simulate the energy
consumption or efficiency of certain
basic models of covered products and
equipment under DOE’s test procedure
conditions. As explained in further
detail below, an AEDM is a computer
model or mathematical tool used to help
determine the energy efficiency of a
particular basic model.
Under 42 U.S.C. 6314, EPCA sets forth
the criteria and procedures that DOE
must follow when prescribing or
amending test procedures for covered
products. EPCA provides, in relevant
part, that any test procedures prescribed
or amended under this section must be
reasonably designed to produce test
results that measure energy efficiency,
energy use, or estimated annual
operating cost of a covered product
during a representative average use
cycle or period of use, and must not be
unduly burdensome to conduct. (42
U.S.C. 6314(a)(2))
In addition, if DOE determines that a
test procedure amendment is warranted,
it must publish proposed test
procedures and offer the public an
opportunity to present oral and written
comments on them. (42 U.S.C.
6314(b)(2)) Finally, in any rulemaking to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
amend a test procedure, DOE must
determine the extent to which the
proposed procedure would alter the
equipment’s measured energy
efficiency. If DOE determines that the
amended procedure would alter that
equipment’s measured energy
efficiency, DOE must amend the
applicable energy conservation standard
accordingly. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(6)(D).
B. Background
1. Alternative Efficiency Determination
Method
As briefly noted above, AEDMs are
computer modeling or mathematical
tools that predict the performance of
non-tested basic models. They are
derived from mathematical models and
engineering principles that govern the
energy efficiency and energy
consumption characteristics of a type of
covered equipment. These computer
modeling and mathematical tools, when
properly developed, can provide a
relatively straightforward and
reasonably accurate means to predict
the energy usage or efficiency
characteristics of a basic model of a
given covered equipment type. These
tools can be useful in reducing a
manufacturer’s testing burden.
Where authorized by regulation,
AEDMs enable manufacturers to rate
and certify their basic models by using
the projected energy use or energy
efficiency results derived from these
simulation models. DOE currently
permits manufacturers of certain
expensive or highly customized
equipment to use AEDMs when rating
and certifying their equipment.
DOE believes other similar equipment
that must currently be rated and
certified through testing, such as walkin refrigeration systems, could also be
rated and certified through the use of
computer or mathematical modeling.
Consequently, to examine whether
AEDM usage would be appropriate for
walk-in refrigeration systems, DOE
sought comment on this topic and other
related issues in a Request for
Information (RFI), which was published
in the Federal Register on April 18,
2011. 76 FR 21673.
DOE subsequently issued a Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking (NOPR), which
was published in the Federal Register
on May 31, 2012 (May 2012 NOPR), that
proposed to expand and revise DOE’s
existing AEDM requirements for certain
commercial equipment covered under
EPCA. 77 FR 32038. Specifically, the
May 2012 NOPR proposed to allow
manufacturers of walk-in refrigeration
systems to use AEDMs when certifying
the energy use or energy efficiency of
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9819
basic models of equipment in lieu of
testing. Id.
Subsequent to the May 2012 NOPR’s
publication, the Appliance Standards
and Rulemaking Federal Advisory
Committee (ASRAC) unanimously
decided to form a working group to
engage in a negotiated rulemaking effort
on the certification of commercial
HVAC, WH, and refrigeration
equipment. During the Working Group’s
first meeting on April 30, 2013, Working
Group members voted to expand the
scope of the negotiated rulemaking
efforts to include developing methods of
estimating equipment performance
based on AEDM simulations for
commercial HVAC, WH, and
refrigeration equipment. The issues
discussed by the various participants
during the negotiations with DOE were
similar to those raised by the
commenters in response to the May
2012 NOPR, which included AEDM
validation and DOE verification of
ratings derived using an AEDM. DOE
adopted the Working Group’s AEDM
recommendation for commercial HVAC,
WH, and refrigeration equipment in a
Final Rule published in the Federal
Register on December 31, 2013. 78 FR
79579. DOE notes that neither the
Working Group nor the December 2013
final rule addressed the use of AEDMs
for WICF refrigeration systems.
This supplemental notice of proposed
rulemaking (SNOPR) proposes to align
DOE’s AEDM regulations by allowing
the use of AEDMs when certifying the
energy efficiency performance of walkin refrigeration equipment in a manner
similar to that which was recently
established for commercial HVAC,
refrigeration, and WH equipment. This
approach, which was recommended by
the Working Group, would help DOE
establish a uniform, systematic, and fair
approach to the use of these types of
modeling techniques that will enable
DOE to ensure that products in the
marketplace are correctly rated—
irrespective of whether they are subject
to actual physical testing or are rated
using modeling—without unnecessarily
burdening regulated entities.
2. Test Procedures for WICF
Refrigeration Equipment
The refrigeration system performs the
mechanical work necessary to cool the
interior space of a walk-in. The system
typically comprises two separate
primary components, a condenser/
compressor (‘‘condensing unit’’) and an
expansion valve/evaporator (‘‘unit
cooler’’). DOE’s regulations at 10 CFR
431.304, Uniform test method for the
measurement of energy consumption of
walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers,
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9820
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
incorporate by reference AHRI Standard
1250–2009, ‘‘2009 Standard for
Performance Rating of Walk-in Coolers
and Freezers’’ (AHRI 1250) as the testing
method for walk-in refrigeration
systems. 10 CFR 431.304(b)(9). AHRI
1250 establishes methods to follow
when testing a complete refrigeration
system (the ‘‘matched system’’ test), as
well as separate methods to use for
testing the unit cooler and condensing
unit of a refrigeration system
individually and then calculating a
combined system rating (the ‘‘mixmatch’’ test). AHRI 1250 also contains
standard rating conditions for cooler
and freezer systems; systems where the
condenser is located either indoors or
outdoors; and systems with singlespeed, two-speed, or variable-speed
compressors. AHRI 1250 also
establishes a method for testing and
rating unit coolers that are connected to
a multiplex condensing system such as
may be found in a supermarket. The
rating produced by the AHRI 1250 test
procedure is an annual walk-in energy
factor (AWEF), defined as ‘‘a ratio of the
total heat, not including the heat
generated by the operation of
refrigeration systems, removed, in Btu
[British thermal units], from a walk-in
box during one year period of usage for
refrigeration to the total energy input of
refrigeration systems, in watt-hours,
during the same period.’’ AHRI 1250, at
sec. 3.1.
In addition to these activities, DOE
recently proposed energy conservation
standards for walk-ins. See 78 FR 55782
(Sept. 11, 2013) (September 2013
standards NOPR). In that notice, DOE
proposed standards for complete walkin refrigeration systems that would
require the ratings for the refrigeration
system be derived using either the
matched system or mix-match tests
described above. DOE also proposed
standards for unit coolers connected to
a multiplex system, based on the unit
cooler rating method described above.
Responding to the NOPR, several
interested parties discussed the concept
of establishing separate standards for
the unit cooler and condensing unit of
a walk-in. In light of that discussion,
and of the fact that the unit coolers and
condensing units are often sold
separately and in many cases are
produced by different manufacturers,
and that AHRI 1250 includes individual
test methods for both components (i.e.
the mix-match test method), DOE is
proposing in this SNOPR to adopt a
methodology that would require the
manufacturer of either the unit cooler or
condensing unit, if sold separately, to
test and certify compliance with DOE’s
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
standards and when making
representations of the WICF
refrigeration system. Manufacturers of a
complete WICF refrigeration system
may continue to develop a system rating
for the purposes of certifying
compliance with DOE’s standards and
making representations of the WICF
refrigeration system.
Furthermore, in reviewing AHRI 1250
and conducting limited testing on a
WICF refrigeration system at a thirdparty laboratory to investigate the
AEDM validation approach, DOE
discovered several issues in the
refrigeration test procedures that would
require clarification and/or create
unnecessary test burden. To simplify
the procedure and to clarify certain
aspects, DOE is also proposing to
provide alternate language to certain
requirements contained in AHRI 1250
that DOE’s test procedure currently
incorporates by reference.
3. Sampling Plan
In order to determine a certified rating
for certifying compliance or making
energy use representations, DOE
requires manufacturers to test each basic
model in accordance with the
applicable DOE test procedure and
apply the sampling plan. In today’s
notice, DOE is proposing a sampling
plan for walk-ins consistent with other
commercial equipment regulated under
EPCA.
4. Test Procedures and Prescriptive
Requirements for WICF Foam Panel
R-Value
EPCA mandates prescriptive
requirements for the thermal resistance
of walk-in panels; wall, ceiling, and
doors must have an insulation value of
at least R–25 for coolers and R–32 for
freezers. (42 U.S.C. 6313(f)(1)(C)) EPCA
also requires the use of ASTM C518–04,
Standard Test Method for Thermal
Steady-State Thermal Transmission
Properties by Means of the Heat Flow
Meter Apparatus (‘‘ASTM C518–04’’) to
measure the insulation thermal
resistance. (42 U.S.C 6314(a)(9)(A)) The
walk-in test procedure at 10 CFR
431.304 incorporates ASTM C518–04 by
reference. This reference standard is the
method by which the thermal
conductivity (the ‘‘K factor’’) of a walkin panel is measured; the R-value of the
panel is then determined by multiplying
1/K (the reciprocal of K) by the
thickness of the panel. The R-value of a
freezer panel is determined at a mean
insulation foam temperature of 20
degrees Fahrenheit and the R-value of a
cooler panel is determined at a mean
insulation foam temperature of 55
degrees Fahrenheit. (42 U.S.C. 6314
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(a)(9)(A)(iii) and (iv)) Manufacturers
must currently use the test procedure
detailed in 10 CFR 431.304(b) when
certifying compliance with the panel
energy conservation standards until
January 1, 2015. Manufacturers must
use the procedure in 10 CFR 431.304(c)
when making representations of energy
efficiency both currently and when
certifying compliance starting on
January 1, 2015. DOE is proposing to
modify the test sample preparation
procedures incorporated from ASTM
C518–04 in both procedures to improve
measurement accuracy.
5. Performance-Based Test Procedures
for Energy Consumption of Envelope
Components
In 10 CFR Part 431, Subpart R,
Appendix A, DOE lays out a method for
measuring performance-based efficiency
metrics for certain WICF envelope
components. This method draws from
several existing industry test methods
by incorporating by reference ASTM
C1363–05 Standard Test Method for
Thermal Performance of Building
Materials and Envelope Assemblies by
Means of a Hot Box Apparatus and
Annex C Determination of the aged
values of thermal resistance and
thermal conductivity from both DIN EN
13164 and DIN EN 13165 (two European
Union-developed testing protocols) for
measuring the energy consumption of
WICF floor and non-floor panels.
Appendix A also incorporates NFRC
100–2010[E0A1] Procedure for
Determining Fenestration Product Ufactors for determining the energy use of
walk-in display and non-display doors.
In today’s notice, DOE is proposing to
modify (1) the test procedures for WICF
floor and non-floor panels to address
comments received from stakeholders
during the standards rulemaking and (2)
the WICF display and non-display door
test procedure to improve the clarity of
the test method.
II. Summary of the Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking
Today’s proposal comprises five key
elements.
First, the Department proposes to
allow WICF refrigeration system
manufacturers to use AEDMs to rate and
certify their basic models by using the
projected energy efficiency derived from
these simulation models in lieu of
testing. DOE is proposing to align the
validation requirements proposed for
WICF refrigeration AEDMs with those
that have already been adopted for
commercial HVAC, refrigeration, and
WH equipment. DOE is considering this
approach because the cooling and
refrigeration systems used by these
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
equipment types operate under similar
principles as the refrigeration systems
used in walk-ins. This similarity, along
with the practical considerations
discussed elsewhere in this notice, lend
support for applying similar or identical
validation requirements for walk-ins as
well. Also as part of this approach, the
Department is addressing comments
received in response to the May 2012
NOPR, which originally proposed to
expand AEDMs to WICF refrigeration
systems and proposed validation and
verification requirements.
Second, today’s SNOPR puts forth an
alternative method for testing and rating
the WICF refrigeration system for unit
coolers and condensing units that are
sold separately. Specifically, unit cooler
manufacturers who distribute a unit
cooler for use in a WICF refrigeration
system must rate that cooler as though
it were to be connected to a multiplex
system, and must comply with the
standard for a unit cooler connected to
a multiplex system. Similarly,
manufacturers who distribute a
condensing unit for use in a WICF
refrigeration system must determine the
appropriate rating by using the nominal
values for unit coolers proposed in this
notice, in lieu of actual unit cooler test
data, when calculating AWEF using the
mix-match rating method in AHRI 1250.
Consistent with this methodology and
pending the outcome of the standards
rulemaking, DOE is considering
modifications to the certification
requirements based on the following
scheme: (1) A manufacturer that only
produces unit coolers for use in a WICF
refrigeration system would use the test
method described above to establish the
WICF refrigeration system rating for
each unit cooler (system performance
would be established by testing the unit
cooler as though it is to be connected to
a multiplex system (i.e., using the
‘‘Walk-in Unit Cooler Match to Parallel
Rack System’’ test method in AHRI
1250, section 7.9))—then, the unit
cooler manufacturer would certify the
compliance of those basic models with
the WICF refrigeration system standard;
(2) a manufacturer that only produces
condensing units would use the test
method described above to establish the
WICF refrigeration system rating for
each condensing unit (system
performance would be established by
testing each condensing unit and
combining it with the unit cooler
nominal values (as proposed in this
SNOPR))—then, the condensing unit
manufacturer would certify compliance
of those basic models with the WICF
refrigeration system standard; or (3) a
manufacturer that produces both unit
cooler basic models and condensing
unit basic models that are marketed and
sold as a matched system would use the
test method in AHRI 1250 to test the
unit cooler and the condensing unit as
a matched system to get a WICF
refrigeration system rating for each
matched system it produces and then
certify compliance.
Third, DOE proposes the following
modifications to the test procedure for
WICF refrigeration components:
—Clarifications to the defrost test
procedure;
—An alternative method for calculating
the defrost energy and heat load of a
system with electric defrost in lieu of
a frosted coil test;
—A method for calculating defrost
energy and heat load of a system with
hot gas defrost;
—Change to the minimum fan speed
and duty cycle during the off-cycle
evaporator fan test;
—Removal of the refrigerant oil and
refrigerant composition analysis
testing requirements;
—Clarifications and changes to the
temperature measurement
requirements, intended to reduce
testing burden;
—Addition of a test condition tolerance
for electrical power frequency and
removal the test condition tolerance
for temperature of air leaving the unit;
—Quantification of the requirements for
insulating refrigerant lines;
—Clarification of piping length
requirement;
—Changes to the list of tests for unit
coolers in table 15 to achieve
consistency with another similar test
method; and
—Clarification of voltage imbalance for
three-phase power.
Fourth, DOE proposes to modify the
current test procedure for measuring the
insulation R-value of WICF panels. (10
CFR 431.304) The current DOE test
procedure allows, but does not require,
9821
panels to be tested with non-foam facers
or protective skins attached. (10 CFR
431.304(b)(5), (6) and (c)(5), (6)) Also,
the current DOE test procedure allows
panel test samples to be up to 4 inches
in thickness. (10 CFR 431.304(b)(5) and
(c)(5)) The test procedure requires that
the R-value be measured at a mean
temperature of 20 degrees Fahrenheit for
freezer panels (10 CFR 431.304(b)(3) and
(c)(3)) and 55 degrees Fahrenheit for
cooler panels (10 CFR 431.304(b)(4) and
(c)(4)); however no tolerance is
currently specified for these
temperatures. In light of recent concerns
regarding the accuracy of ASTM
C518–04 testing of which DOE had not
previously been aware, DOE is
proposing to require test samples be 1
inch in thickness and without non-foam
facers, protective skins, internal nonfoam members or edge regions. DOE is
proposing to add flatness and
parallelism constraints on the test
sample surfaces that contact the hot and
cold plates in the heat flow meter
apparatus. DOE also proposes to add a
tolerance of ±1 degree Fahrenheit for the
mean temperature during panel R-value
testing because DOE believes this will
help ensure that the panel testing is
conducted in a repeatable and
reproducible manner at different
laboratories.
Fifth, to all walk-in manufacturers to
make energy use representations DOE is
proposing a sampling plan for walk-ins
consistent with other commercial
equipment regulated under EPCA.
Sixth and finally, in response to
manufacturer comments on the
September 2013 standards NOPR, DOE
is proposing to remove the existing
performance-based test procedures for
WICF floor and non-floor panels (10
CFR Part 431, Subpart R, Appendix A,
sections 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, and 5.2). DOE
recognizes that these performance-based
procedures for WICF floor and non-floor
panels are in addition to the
prescriptive requirements established in
EPCA for panel insulation R-values and,
therefore, may increase the test burden
to manufacturers.
All of the changes noted above, along
with the appropriate sections of the CFR
where these changes will appear, are
detailed in the summary table below.
TABLE II.1—SUMMARY OF CFR CHANGES
Change
10 CFR Section
Allowing manufacturers to use AEDMs to rate WICF refrigeration systems .................................................................
Specific instructions for applying AEDMs to WICF refrigeration systems .....................................................................
Changes to test procedures and prescriptive requirements for WICF foam panel R-value ..........................................
Amendments to AHRI 1250 refrigeration system test method, and the panel and door test methods ........................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
429.53.
429.70(f).
431.304(b)(3)–(6) and
431.304(c)(3)–(6)
431.304(c)(8).
9822
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
TABLE II.1—SUMMARY OF CFR CHANGES—Continued
Change
10 CFR Section
Methods for rating refrigeration components sold separately ........................................................................................
Amendments to performance-based test procedures for energy consumption of envelope components ....................
In any rulemaking to amend a test
procedure, DOE generally determines to
what extent, if any, the proposed test
procedure would alter the measured
energy efficiency of any covered
product as determined under the
existing test procedure. (42 U.S.C.
6293(e)(1)) If DOE determines that the
amended test procedure would alter the
measured efficiency of a covered
product, DOE must amend the
applicable energy conservation standard
accordingly. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(2)) DOE
has tentatively determined that there are
no energy conservation standards in
effect that would be significantly
impacted by the proposed test
procedure amendments. A full
discussion follows in section III.E
below.
Discussion
In response to the May 2012 NOPR,
DOE received written comments from
28 interested parties, including
manufacturers, trade associations and
431.304(c)(11).
431 Subpart R, Appendix
A.
advocacy groups. Seven additional
interested parties commented during the
May 2012 NOPR Public Meeting on June
5, 2012. Table II.1 lists the entities that
commented on the NOPR and their
affiliation. These comments are
discussed in more detail below, and the
full set of comments, including the
public meeting transcript, can be found
at: https://www.regulations.gov/#!docket
Detail;dct=FR%252BPR%252BN%
252BO%252BSR%252BPS;rpp=
25;po=0;D=EERE-2011-BT-TP-0024.
TABLE III.1—INTERESTED PARTIES THAT COMMENTED ON THE MAY 2012 NOPR
Acronym
AAON, Inc. ..............................................................................................................................
The ABB Group ......................................................................................................................
Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute ............................................................
Appliance Standards Awareness Project & American Council for an Energy-Efficient Economy.
Baldor Electric .........................................................................................................................
Bradford White Corporation ....................................................................................................
Burnham Commercial .............................................................................................................
Cooper Power Systems ..........................................................................................................
Crown Boiler Company ...........................................................................................................
CrownTonka/ThermalRite/International Cold Storage ............................................................
Danfoss ...................................................................................................................................
First Co. ..................................................................................................................................
Goodman Global, Inc. .............................................................................................................
Heatcraft Refrigeration Products LLC ....................................................................................
Hillphoenix, Inc. ......................................................................................................................
Hussmann Corporation ...........................................................................................................
Ingersoll Rand .........................................................................................................................
Johnson Controls, Inc. ............................................................................................................
Lennox International, Inc. .......................................................................................................
Lochinvar, LLC ........................................................................................................................
Mitsubishi Electric ...................................................................................................................
Modine Manufacturing Company ............................................................................................
Mortex Products, Inc. ..............................................................................................................
National Electrical Manufacturers Association .......................................................................
Nidec Motor Corporation ........................................................................................................
Nordyne, LLC ..........................................................................................................................
Rheem Manufacturing Company ............................................................................................
Schneider Electric ...................................................................................................................
Southern Store Fixtures, Inc. ..................................................................................................
Trane .......................................................................................................................................
True Manufacturing Co. Inc. ...................................................................................................
Unico, Inc. ...............................................................................................................................
United Cool Air .......................................................................................................................
United Technologies Climate, Controls & Security and ITS Carrier ......................................
Zero Zone, Inc. .......................................................................................................................
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Name
AAON .............................
ABB ................................
AHRI ..............................
Joint Comment ...............
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Industry Trade Group.
Advocacy Group.
Baldor Electric ................
Bradford White ...............
Burnham ........................
Cooper ...........................
Crown Boiler ..................
CT/TR/ICS .....................
Danfoss ..........................
First Co. .........................
Goodman .......................
Heatcraft Refrigeration ...
Hillphoenix .....................
Hussmann ......................
Ingersoll Rand ................
JCI ..................................
Lennox ...........................
Lochinvar .......................
Mitsubishi Electric ..........
Modine ...........................
Mortex ............................
NEMA .............................
Nidec ..............................
Nordyne .........................
Rheem ...........................
SE ..................................
Southern Store Fixtures
Trane ..............................
True Manufacturing ........
Unico ..............................
United Cool Air ..............
UTC/Carrier ....................
Zero Zone ......................
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Industry Trade Group.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
In response to the SNOPR on AEDMs
for commercial HVAC, refrigeration and
WH equipment, which was published in
the Federal Register on October 22,
2013, 78 FR 62472, DOE received a
comment relevant to this rulemaking
from Lennox International, Inc., a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
manufacturer of HVAC and commercial
refrigeration equipment.
The Department also received
relevant comments from 23 interested
parties in response to the September
2013 Standards NOPR and related
NOPR Public Meeting held on October
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Organization type
9, 2013. Table III.2 lists the entities that
commented on that NOPR and their
affiliation. These comments are
discussed in more detail below, and the
full set of comments, including the
public meeting transcript, can be found
at: https://www.regulations.gov/
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
9823
#!docketDetail;D=EERE-2008-BT-STD0015.
TABLE III.2—INTERESTED PARTIES THAT COMMENTED ON THE SEPTEMBER 2013 STANDARDS NOPR
Name
Acronym
Air Conditioning Contractors of America ................................................................................
Air-conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute .............................................................
American Council for an Energy Efficient Economy ..............................................................
American Panel Corp .............................................................................................................
Appliance Standards Awareness Project ...............................................................................
Architectural Testing Inc .........................................................................................................
Bally Refrigerated Boxes, Inc .................................................................................................
CrownTonka Walk-Ins, ThermalRite & International Cold Storage ........................................
Danfoss Group North America ...............................................................................................
Heatcraft Refrigeration Products LLC ....................................................................................
Hillphoenix ..............................................................................................................................
HussmanCorporation ..............................................................................................................
Imperial Brown ........................................................................................................................
KysorWarren ...........................................................................................................................
Lennox International Inc .........................................................................................................
Louisville Cooler Mfg ..............................................................................................................
Manitowoc ...............................................................................................................................
National Coil Company ...........................................................................................................
Nor-Lake, Inc ..........................................................................................................................
Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance & The Northwest Power and Conservation Council ..
Pacific Gas & Electric, Southern California Gas, Southern California Edison, San Diego
Gas & Electric (Ca. State Independently Owned Utilities).
Thermo-Kool ...........................................................................................................................
US Cooler Co .........................................................................................................................
ACCA .............................
AHRI ..............................
ACEEE ...........................
American Panel .............
ASAP .............................
AT ..................................
Bally ...............................
CT/TR/ICS .....................
Danfoss ..........................
Heatcraft ........................
Hillphoenix .....................
HussmanCorp ................
IB ....................................
Kysor ..............................
Lennox ...........................
Louisville Cooler ............
Manitowoc ......................
NCC ...............................
Nor-Lake ........................
NEEA, et al ....................
CA IOU’s ........................
Industry Trade Group.
Industry Trade Group.
Advocacy Group.
Manufacturer.
Advocacy Group.
Thermo-Kool ..................
US Cooler ......................
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
A. Alternative Efficiency Determination
Method
In the May 2012 NOPR, in which DOE
proposed to expand and revise existing
AEDM requirements for commercial
equipment covered under EPCA, DOE
proposed, among other things, to allow
the use of AEDMs for WICFs and to
establish specific requirements for
AEDM validation 1—i.e., a process in
which manufacturers demonstrate the
accuracy of an AEDM model—and DOE
verification 2—i.e., a process followed
by DOE when verifying the accuracy of
an AEDM model—that would apply to
this equipment.
Following the publication of the May
2012 NOPR, the Commercial
Certification Working Group was
formed in April 2013 to discuss and
negotiate certification provisions for
commercial heating, ventilation, and air
conditioner (HVAC), refrigeration, and
1 In the May 2012 NOPR, DOE used the term
substantiation to refer to the process manufacturers
used to prove that their modeling tool, or AEDM,
produced accurate results. The Working Group
elected to use the term validation, instead of
substantiation, for this process. DOE clarifies that
substantiation and validation are synonymous and
the Department will use the term validation
henceforth.
2 In the May 2012 NOPR, DOE used the term DOE
validation to refer to the process DOE used to check
that the modeling tool, or AEDM, produced
accurate results. The Working Group elected to use
the verification, instead of DOE validation, for this
process. DOE clarifies that DOE validation and
verification are synonymous and the Department
will use the term verification henceforth.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
water heater (WH) equipment. The
Working Group expanded the scope of
coverage to include AEDMs. As part of
its negotiations, the Working Group also
developed AEDM validation and
verification requirements. These
negotiations led to the publication of an
SNOPR on October 22, 2013, hereafter
referred to as the October 2013 SNOPR,
in which DOE proposed for adoption
the Working Group’s recommendation
on AEDMs, basic model definitions, and
compliance requirements for
commercial HVAC, refrigeration, and
water heating equipment. (78 FR 62472)
On December 31, 2013, DOE issued a
final rule for AEDM usage by
manufacturers of these products. See 78
FR 79579. Today’s SNOPR proposes to
require that the AEDM validation
regulations similar to those that apply to
commercial HVAC, refrigeration, and
WH equipment would also apply to
WICF refrigeration systems. DOE is also
addressing comments in response to the
May 2012 NOPR.
1. Applicable Equipment
In the May 2012 NOPR, DOE
proposed to allow the use of AEDMs for
WICFs, but limited the proposal to
apply only to WICF refrigeration
systems. DOE explained that WICF
refrigeration systems are low-volume
and custom-made for the specific
installation and could be accurately
rated using a computer simulation to
predict their behavior under DOE test
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Organization type
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
Advocacy Group.
Utility.
conditions. DOE did not propose to
permit a similar option when rating
other WICF components. WICF panels
are relatively simple pieces of
equipment and the test results from a
basic model of a given panel can be
extrapolated to many other panel basic
models under the provisions of the test
procedure. As for WICF doors, the DOE
test procedure already specifies the use
of certain modeling techniques that are
approved by the National Fenestration
Rating Council (NFRC), which, in DOE’s
view, makes a parallel AEDM provision
for these components unnecessary. 77
FR at 32041.
Heatcraft and CT/TR/ICS supported
this aspect of the proposal. (Heatcraft,
No. 0049 at p. 2; CT/TR/ICS, No.0035 at
p. 1) In addition, in response to the
October 2013 SNOPR, DOE received a
comment from Lennox recommending
that DOE allow walk-in manufacturers
to use AEDMs when rating their
equipment. (Lennox, No. 0080 at p. 4)
DOE also received AEDM-related
comments in response to the September
2013 standards NOPR. 78 FR 55781.
AHRI, Bally, and ACEEE generally
recommended that DOE include AEDM
provisions for WICFs. ([Docket No.
EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015]; AHRI, No.
114 at p. 4; AHRI, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 88 at p. 58; Bally, No.
102 at p. 3; ACEEE, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 88 at p. 87) In addition
to its comment from the commercial
HVAC, refrigeration and WH
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
9824
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
rulemaking, Lennox commented in the
standards rulemaking that permitting
walk-in refrigeration system
manufacturers to use AEDMs would
reduce the test burden faced by these
manufacturers, particularly given the
number of possible unit cooler and
condenser combinations. ([Docket No.
EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015], Lennox,
No. 109 at p. 4) During the same
rulemaking, Hillphoenix, KeepRite, and
NEEA, et al. commented that permitting
panel manufacturers to use AEDMs for
panel certification would reduce their
test burden as well. ([Docket No. EERE–
2008–BT–STD–0015]; Hillphoenix, No.
107 at p. 3; KeepRite, No. 105 at p. 2;
NEEA et al, No. 101 at p. 2)
In today’s notice, DOE proposes as a
modification of its earlier May 2012
NOPR to allow WICF refrigeration
system manufacturers to use AEDMs
when rating the performance of this
equipment. DOE is not extending this
allowance to WICF panel manufacturers
for the reasons described above, but is,
instead, proposing other modifications
to the walk-in panel test procedure to
reduce the burden faced by panel
manufacturers while ensuring the
overall accuracy of the efficiency
ratings. The proposed modifications to
the WICF panel test procedure are
outlined in section III. C.
2. Validation
a. Number of Tested Units Required for
Validation
In the May 2012 NOPR, DOE
proposed a number of validation
requirements that would apply to walkin refrigeration systems. DOE proposed
that validating an AEDM would require
a manufacturer to test a minimum of
five basic models, including at least one
basic model from each product class to
which the AEDM will be applied. As
part of these tests, the manufacturer
would be required to test the smallest
and largest capacity basic models from
the product class with the highest sales
volume. Additionally, the manufacturer
would also need to test the basic model
with the highest sales volume from the
previous year or, for newly introduced
basic models, the basic model which is
expected to have the highest sales
volume. Finally, all validation test data
would need to meet the applicable
Federal energy conservation standards
and applicable DOE testing procedures.
77 FR 32044–32045.
Commenters responding to that
proposal provided general comments,
with none specifically relating to walkins. AHRI commented that it was
unrealistic for a manufacturer who
produces fewer than five models to be
required to validate an AEDM based on
a minimum sample of five units. (AHRI,
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at p.
154) Furthermore, AHRI stated that it is
disproportionately burdensome to
require testing at least five basic models
for small manufacturers who
manufacture or plan to use an AEDM for
only a few basic models compared to
manufacturers who offer many basic
models and many product classes. AHRI
recommended that DOE require testing
of only three basic models if the AEDM
applies only to 15 or fewer basic
models. (AHRI No. 61 at p. 3)
Acknowledging how much work and
testing validation of an AEDM requires,
Zero Zone noted that it would be
difficult for small manufacturers to
comply with the proposed requirements
and would represent a large amount of
work since testing is so complex. Zero
Zone recommended that small
manufacturers either be exempt from
the proposed requirements or have a
different sample size requirement to
meet. (Zero Zone, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 69 at p. 65) Zero Zone
and Hillphoenix agreed with DOE’s
proposal to require testing of at least one
unit from each applicable product class
and did not offer comment regarding the
assigned product classes. (Zero Zone,
No. 64 at p. 1; Hillphoenix, No. 48 at p.
1)
Hillphoenix supported DOE’s
proposals for the selection requirements
of basic models used to validate an
AEDM. (Hillphoenix, No. 48 at p. 2)
Heatcraft disagreed with DOE’s
proposed approach, stating that the
requirement to test the smallest and
largest capacity basic models from the
highest sales volume product class is
overly burdensome due to the wide
range of equipment capacity. (Heatcraft,
No. 49 at p. 3) Heatcraft also disagreed
with DOE’s proposal to require
manufacturers to test the highest sales
volume basic model because it will not
improve the accuracy of the AEDM and
because the low-volume, built-to-order
nature of WICF equipment will cause
sales volumes to constantly shift.
(Heatcraft, No. 49 at p. 4)
The Working Group recommended,
and DOE adopted, an AEDM validation
method for commercial HVAC,
refrigeration, and WH equipment that
differed from the Department’s May
2012 validation proposal. The Working
Group proposed to validate an AEDM
for commercial HVAC, refrigeration, and
WH equipment, a manufacturer must
select a minimum number of models
from each validation class to which the
AEDM is going to apply. (Validation
classes are groupings of products based
on equipment classes but used for
AEDM validation). The Department
proposes to extend this concept to WICF
refrigeration systems and proposes the
validation classes listed in Table III.3. A
unit of each basic model selected must
undergo a single test conducted in
accordance with the DOE test procedure
(or, if applicable, a test procedure
waiver issued by DOE) at a
manufacturer’s testing facility or a thirdparty testing facility. The test result
must be directly compared to the result
from the AEDM to determine the
AEDM’s validity. A manufacturer may
develop multiple AEDMs per validation
class and each AEDM may span
multiple validation classes; however,
the minimum number of tests must be
maintained per validation class for
every AEDM a manufacturer chooses to
develop. An AEDM may be applied to
any model within the applicable
validation classes at the manufacturer’s
discretion. All documentation of test
results for these models, the AEDM
results, and subsequent comparisons to
the AEDM would be maintained as part
of both the test data underlying the
certified rating and the AEDM
validation package pursuant to 10 CFR
429.71.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
TABLE III.3—VALIDATION CLASSES
Minimum number of distinct
models that must be tested
Validation class
Dedicated Condensing, Medium Temperature, Indoor System .....................................................................................
Dedicated Condensing, Medium Temperature, Outdoor System ..................................................................................
Dedicated Condensing, Low Temperature, Indoor System ...........................................................................................
Dedicated Condensing, Low Temperature, Outdoor System ........................................................................................
Unit Cooler connected to a Multiplex Condensing Unit, Medium Temperature ............................................................
Unit Cooler connected to a Multiplex Condensing Unit, Low Temperature ...................................................................
Medium Temperature, Indoor Condensing Unit .............................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Models.
Models.
Models.
Models.
Models
Models.
Models.
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
9825
TABLE III.3—VALIDATION CLASSES—Continued
Minimum number of distinct
models that must be tested
Validation class
Medium Temperature, Outdoor Condensing Unit ..........................................................................................................
Low Temperature, Indoor Condensing Unit ...................................................................................................................
Low Temperature, Outdoor Condensing Unit ................................................................................................................
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
In order to align with the validation
requirements for commercial HVAC,
refrigeration, and WH equipment, DOE
proposes to adopt the validation
approach shown above, which mirrors
the approach recommended by the
Working Group. In DOE’s view, the
Working Group’s method addresses
AHRI’s concerns regarding
manufacturers that produce a limited
number of equipment models. This
proposal, if adopted, will also reduce
the amount of testing burden noted by
Zero Zone. Additionally, today’s
proposal would not require that a
manufacturer test the highest sales
volume product, a concern raised by
Heatcraft. DOE requests comment on the
proposed AEDM validation approach as
applied to walk-in refrigeration systems.
b. Tolerances for Validation
In the May 2012 NOPR, DOE
proposed to adopt two tolerances that
would be applied when validating a
WICF refrigeration AEDM. One
tolerance would be between the results
from a test of a single basic model and
the AEDM output for that basic model
(i.e., an individual tolerance). A second
tolerance would be applied between the
average of the test results from all tested
basic models and the average of the
AEDM outputs for those tested basic
models (i.e., an overall average
tolerance). 77 FR at 32055–32056. DOE
received one comment on this aspect of
its proposal. Heatcraft commented that
the average tolerance provides no added
benefit because it does not necessarily
encourage smaller product variation.
(Heatcraft, No. 49 at p. 3)
DOE also proposed that both
tolerances would apply on both sides of
the AEDM output. 77 FR at 32055–
32056. That is, a tolerance would be
applied regardless of whether the test
result indicated that the equipment was
more efficient or more consumptive
than the AEDM output for the purposes
of validation. DOE received a number of
comments regarding two-sided
tolerances, but none specific to AEDMs
for WICFs. Rheem and Hussmann stated
that DOE’s tolerances should be onesided, with Hussmann recommending
that DOE allow manufacturers to rate
equipment conservatively using an
AEDM. (Rheem, No. 59 at p. 3;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
Hussmann, No. 57 at p. 2) JCI also stated
that tolerances should be one-sided, and
there should be no requirement for revalidation if a manufacturer has
conservative ratings. (JCI, No. 66 at p. 6)
AAON, Trane, and ACEEE also
supported one-sided tolerances and an
approach that would allow
manufacturers to rate conservatively.
(AAON, Public Meeting Transcript, No.
69 at pp. 88 and 212; Trane, Public
Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at p. 90;
ACEEE, Public Meeting Transcript, No.
69 at p. 90) AAON urged DOE to
eliminate one side of the 5 percent
tolerance and not penalize
manufacturers whose basic models,
when tested, achieve a higher rating
than that predicted by an AEDM
because allowing manufacturers to
conservatively predict a basic model’s
performance would simplify the process
and give manufacturers incentives to
improve AEDMs and manufacturing
processes over time so that they could
rate their equipment as efficiently as
possible. In AAON’s view, this
approach would not prevent a
manufacturer who might be inclined to
calibrate their models more
conservatively from using its AEDM.
(AAON, No. 40 at p. 5)
Not all manufacturers, however,
recommended that DOE remove the
conservative tolerance. Instead of
completely removing it, AHRI suggested
that the conservative tolerance should
be increased to 10 percent so that
manufacturers can design AEDMs that
provide conservative ratings. (AHRI, No.
61 at p. 5) Cooper, on the other hand,
stated that tolerances should be twosided because manufacturers must
demonstrate that an AEDM’s output is
accurate and repeatable. (Cooper, No. 43
at p. 3)
In the NOPR, DOE proposed to set
consistent tolerance levels for all
products covered under AEDM
requirements, except for motors and
small electric motors. 77 FR at 32055–
32056. DOE proposed a ±5% tolerance
on the individual AEDM results as
compared to the tested results and a
±3% tolerance on the average of the
AEDM outputs as compared to the
average tested results. Regarding WICF
refrigeration equipment, commenters
generally agreed there will be variation
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
2 Basic Models.
2 Basic Models.
2 Basic Models.
in the results from testing, but
commenters differed in their suggested
tolerance levels. Heatcraft, Zero Zone,
Hussmann, and True Manufacturing all
commented that the proposed 5 percent
tolerance was too tight. (Heatcraft, No.
49 at p. 3; Zero Zone, No. 64 at p. 2;
Hussmann, No. 57 at p. 2; True, Public
Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at p. 86)
Zero Zone recommended a tolerance of
8 percent. (Zero Zone, No. 64 at p. 2)
Heatcraft, Hussmann and True
Manufacturing identified expected test
variations of 10 percent, 11 percent, and
8 percent respectively but did not
suggest a tolerance for AEDM
validation. (Heatcraft, No. 49 at p. 3;
Hussmann, No. 57 at p. 2; True, Public
Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at p. 86)
Heatcraft suggested that DOE should
work with manufacturers to determine
the appropriate tolerance based on the
expected variations. (Heatcraft, No. 49 at
p. 3) CT/TR/ICS disagreed with these
parties, stating that the 5 percent
tolerance was acceptable so long as
testing was conducted with the typical
electric utility tolerance of 10 percent.
(CT/TR/ICS, No. 35 at p. 1)
The Working Group recommended
that for energy efficiency metrics, the
AEDM results for a model must be less
than or equal to 105 percent of the
tested results for that same model. DOE
adopted this approach for commercial
HVAC, refrigeration, and WH
equipment in the December 31, 2013
Final Rule and proposes to use it for
WICF refrigeration systems in today’s
notice to align DOE’s AEDM validation
requirements for walk-ins with these
other types of commercial equipment
that are refrigerant-based systems. This
approach would eliminate both the
tolerance on the average of the AEDM
results and two-sided tolerances. DOE
requests comments on the proposed
tolerances on the AEDM results as
compared to the tested results for a
given basic model.
3. Certified Rating
For each basic model of commercial
HVAC, WH, and refrigeration
equipment distributed in U.S.
commerce, manufacturers must
determine the certified rating based on
testing or use of a validated AEDM.
DOE’s current regulations provide
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
9826
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
manufacturers with some flexibility in
rating each basic model by allowing the
manufacturer the discretion to rate
conservatively. For energy efficiency
metrics, each model’s certified rating
must be less than or equal to the
model’s AEDM result and greater than
or equal to the applicable Federal
standard. DOE proposes to adopt these
requirements for WICF refrigeration
equipment rated with AEDMs.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
4. Verification
DOE may randomly select and test a
single unit of a basic model pursuant to
10 CFR 429.104, which extends to all
DOE covered products, including those
certified using an AEDM. In the May
2012 NOPR, DOE proposed a method for
determining whether those products
certified using an AEDM fail to meet
federal energy conservation standards
and/or fail to meet their certified rating,
as well as actions that DOE would take
in response to either outcome. 77 FR at
32056.
a. Failure To Meet a Certified Rating
In the May 2012 NOPR, DOE
proposed to require that the assessment
test result would be compared to the
certified rating for a model to determine
if a model met its certified rating. If the
test result fell outside of the proposed
tolerance, the model would not meet its
certified rating. In this case, DOE
proposed to require that manufacturers
re-validate the AEDM that was used to
certify the product within 30 days of
receiving the test report from DOE.
Furthermore, DOE also proposed to
require that manufacturers incorporate
the test data obtained by the Department
for that model into the re-validation of
the AEDM. If, after inclusion of DOE’s
test data and re-validation, the AEDMcertified ratings change for any models,
the manufacturer would be required to
re-rate and re-certify those models. The
manufacturer would not be required to
perform additional testing in this revalidation process unless the
manufacturer finds it necessary in order
to meet the requirements enumerated in
the proposed 10 CFR 429.70 (e.g.,
number of tested units; proposed
tolerances; etc.). 77 FR 32056.
A few stakeholders commented on
these proposals. Zero Zone commented
that the failure of one unit to meet its
certified rating should not automatically
necessitate re-validation. It suggested
that the manufacturer should decide on
the appropriate course of action. (Zero
Zone, No. 64 at p.3) Lennox further
noted that although DOE should use
independent, third-party labs for testing,
using these entities does not ensure
accuracy because third-party labs may
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
not be as familiar with specialized
commercial equipment. (Lennox, No. 47
at p. 3)
DOE acknowledges these comments
regarding how potential AEDM misrating situations should be addressed.
First, DOE proposes to assess a unit’s
performance through third party testing.
Under this approach, DOE would begin
the verification process by selecting a
single unit of a given basic model for
testing either from retail or by obtaining
a sample from the manufacturer. DOE
will select a third-party testing
laboratory at its discretion to test the
unit selected unless there are cases
where there is not a third-party
laboratory capable of testing the
equipment, in which case DOE may
request testing at a manufacturer’s
facility. The Department will be
responsible for the logistics of arranging
the testing, and the laboratory is not
allowed to communicate directly with
the manufacturer. At no time may the
test facility discuss DOE verification
testing with the manufacturer without
the Department present.
If a unit is tested and determined to
be outside the rating tolerances
described in section I.C.4, DOE will
notify the manufacturer. The
manufacturer will receive all
documentation related to the test set up,
test conditions, and test results for the
unit if the unit falls outside the rating
tolerances. At that time, a manufacturer
may present all claims regarding any
issues directly with the Department.
DOE requests comment on this
proposal. The Department notes that 10
CFR 429.13(b) applies to equipment
certified using an AEDM, and DOE may
require a manufacturer to conduct
additional testing if the manufacturer
has been found to be in violation of an
applicable standard or certification
requirement.
b. Action Following Enforcement
Testing: Determination of
Noncompliance
In the May 2012 NOPR, DOE
explained that if a model failed to meet
the applicable federal energy
conservation standard during
assessment testing, DOE may pursue
enforcement testing pursuant to 10 CFR
429.110. DOE also stated that, after
enforcement testing, if a model were
determined to be noncompliant, then all
other models within that basic model
would be considered noncompliant.
This is consistent with DOE’s approach
for all covered products. All other basic
models rated with the AEDM would be
considered compliant pending
additional investigation. Furthermore,
DOE proposed that in a case where the
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
noncompliant model was used for
validation of an AEDM, then the AEDM
must be re-validated within 30 days of
notification, pursuant to the proposed
requirements described in section
III.A.2. DOE did not propose requiring
a manufacturer re-test basic models that
were tested previously for validation if
DOE has not determined those models
to be noncompliant. 77 FR at 32056.
DOE received a general comment related
to this proposal, but no comments
specific to noncompliance
determinations for WICF refrigeration
equipment. JCI agreed that all AEDMrated models should not be disqualified
if one model is found out of compliance.
(JCI, No. 66 at p. 9) Furthermore, JCI
stated that without additional
information as to why a particular
product failed a test, it is not reasonable
to arbitrarily assume that all models
rated with the AEDM must be re-rated.
(JCI, No. 66 at p. 9, 10)
After considering the comment
received regarding DOE’s proposed
response to a finding of noncompliance,
DOE has decided to eliminate the
proposal to require re-validation of the
AEDM if the noncompliant model was
used to validate the AEDM. Instead, the
Department proposes that the
underlying principle that each AEDM
must be supported by test data obtained
from physical tests of current models
will control. Because a noncompliant
model may not be distributed in
commerce, the manufacturer will need
to ensure that the AEDM continues to
satisfy the proposed validation
requirements described in section III. A.
2. Additional testing would not be
necessary unless the noncompliant
product was used to satisfy those AEDM
validation requirements. Pursuant to
this requirement, should the revalidation result in a change in the
ratings of products certified using the
AEDM, those products must be re-rated
and re-certified. DOE is not proposing to
require re-testing of products that were
not determined noncompliant by DOE.
5. Re-Validation
a. Change in Standards or Test
Procedures
DOE proposed in the May 2012 NOPR
to require that manufacturers who use
an AEDM to certify their products revalidate the AEDM upon publication of
an amended test procedure or standard
for the AEDM-rated product. 77 FR at
32056. DOE proposed this requirement
to account for potential changes to the
AEDM as well as to ensure that the
AEDM continues to be based upon test
data derived from the applicable DOE
test procedure and models that meet the
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
current standards. DOE identified the
issuance of a new test procedure or a
standard as likely to necessitate changes
to the AEDM, either because a change in
a test procedure may affect the tested
values of the products used to validate
the AEDM or because a change in a
standard may require additional testing
using models that meet the new
standard or may force manufacturers to
implement new technologies that are
not covered by their current AEDM.
DOE did not propose a periodic revalidation requirement in light of the
potential testing burden involved.
Among the comments received, a
large majority of stakeholders suggested
that a change in standards or test
procedures should not automatically
trigger AEDM re-validation,
emphasizing that it may only be
necessary in the case of a significant
change in the regulations. (UTC/Carrier,
No. 56 at p. 3; JCI, No. 66 at p. 10;
NEMA, No. 44 at p. 5, 18, 19; Lennox,
No. 46 at p. 6; AHRI, No. 61 at p. 7)
Baldor Electric, Zero Zone, ABB, First
Co., Goodman, Heatcraft Refrigeration,
and Schneider Electric all argued that
re-validation would not be necessary in
a case of a change in a test procedure.
(Baldor Electric, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 69 at p. 132–34; Zero
Zone, No. 64 at p. 4; ABB, No. 39 at p.
3; First Co., No. 45 at p. 3; Goodman,
No. 53 at p. 3; Heatcraft Refrigeration,
No. 49 at p. 5; SE., No. 41 at p. 12)
According to Goodman, AAON, Zero
Zone, Ingersoll Rand, and Baldor
Electric, re-validation would also not be
necessary if there is a change in a
prescribed minimum energy efficiency
standard. (Goodman, No. 53 at p. 3; Zero
Zone, No. 64 at p. 4; Ingersoll Rand,
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at p.
134; AAON, No. 40 at p. 7; Baldor
Electric, Public Meeting Transcript, No.
69 at p. 132–34) NEMA echoed this
view and explained that when an
efficiency standard changes, it is
possible that the determined energy
consumption of basic models might still
be higher than the new standard, and
more testing would not be necessary.
(NEMA, No. 44 at p. 5, 18, 19)
Several stakeholders outlined specific
circumstances that would necessitate revalidation due to a change in a standard
or test procedure. AHRI and
Hillphoenix stated that re-validation
should only be required when a change
in a test procedure is significant enough
to result in a product having a different
rated energy consumption or efficiency.
(AHRI, Public Meeting Transcript, No.
69 at p. 238–39; Hillphoenix, No. 48 at
p. 2) Nordyne, Rheem, Lennox, and CT/
TR/ICS added that re-validation should
be required if a change in a DOE test
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
procedure has an effect on simulated
ratings of an AEDM. (Nordyne, No. 55
at p. 3; Rheem, No. 59 at p. 5; Lennox,
No. 46 at p. 6; CT/TR/ICS, No. 35 at p.
2) ABB and Unico commented that revalidation may be necessary when a
new federal standard is high enough
that the basic models used for validation
can no longer meet the minimum
standard. (ABB, No. 39 at p. 3; Unico,
No. 54 at p. 5) Baldor Electric agreed,
stating that unless there is a significant
change in technology or a test standard,
a manufacturer should not have to revalidate its AEDM. (Baldor Electric,
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at pp.
132–34) NEMA suggested that DOE
consider the necessity for re-validation
on a case-by-case basis, and specifically
address and solicit public comment on
whether re-validation of an AEDM is
needed as a result of changes in a test
procedure at the time when DOE
proposes to adopt the change in the test
procedure. (NEMA, No. 44 at p. 20)
Many manufacturers advocated that
re-validation should instead depend on
significant changes to the technology of
basic models, including changes to the
components. (Goodman, No. 53 at p. 3;
First Co., No. 45 at p. 3; Rheem, No. 59
at p. 5; Nordyne, No. 55 at p. 3; Unico,
No. 54 at p. 3; SE., No. 41 at p. 12)
Additionally, Baldor Electric and
Ingersoll Rand pointed out during the
public meeting that a change in
technology should be an important
factor in evaluating when re-validation
may be necessary, with Ingersoll Rand
adding that if there were no change in
technology it is unclear why a change in
standards would disqualify an AEDM.
(Baldor Electric, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 69 at pp. 132–134;
Ingersoll Rand, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 69 at p. 137) Schneider
Electric specified that manufacturers
should revise and re-validate their
AEDMs whenever they introduce new
products, processes or materials, and
that any changes to the AEDM itself
should necessitate re-validation.
(Schneider Electric, No. 41 at pp. 10 and
12)
DOE agrees with manufacturers’
assertions that re-validation should
depend on the nature of the regulatory
change involved because not every
change to the standard or test procedure
would necessarily affect a product’s
energy consumption and/or efficiency
or an AEDM’s output. DOE also agrees
with NEMA that the requirement to revalidate should be determined on a
case-by-case basis. Therefore, DOE is
not proposing to require re-validation
every time the test procedure or
standard changes.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9827
However, should DOE believe that revalidation is necessary pursuant to a
final rule standard or test procedure,
DOE will propose this step in the NOPR
for that standard or test procedure
rulemaking to allow stakeholders to
provide comment.
b. Re-Validation Using Active Models
DOE is concerned that an AEDM’s
accuracy may be compromised if the
models that are used to validate it
become obsolete. To address this issue,
DOE proposed to require manufacturers
to re-validate their AEDMs if one of the
basic models used for validation is no
longer in production or if it becomes
obsolete. 77 FR at 32056. DOE requested
comment on this proposed approach.
The majority of commenters on this
topic disagreed with DOE’s proposal,
stating that once an AEDM is validated,
it is valid regardless of whether one of
the basic models used for its validation
is discontinued. Stakeholders further
asserted that discontinuance of a basic
model does not necessarily indicate a
change in technology; therefore, it
should not automatically invalidate the
AEDM, and re-validation of the AEDM
should not be required. (United Cool
Air, No. 51 at p. 10; First Co., No. 45 at
p. 3; Lennox, No. 46 at p. 6; Unico, No.
54 at p. 3; Ingersoll Rand, Public
Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at p. 134;
JCI, No. 66 at p. 10) UTC/Carrier
recommended that inactive models
should be allowed for re-validation as
long as they use the same technology as
the products currently in production
and meet the minimum energy
efficiency standards. (UTC/Carrier, No.
56 at p. 3) AAON further added that if
the product was current at the time the
test was performed, test data should
remain valid for re-validation for at least
five years after a unit becomes obsolete.
(AAON, No. 40 at p. 7) JCI pointed out
that continuous re-validation due to
elimination of some models would
create an unstable environment for new
product development. (JCI, No. 66 at p.
10) According to Rheem, AHRI and Zero
Zone, the decision regarding when revalidation is necessary should be left to
the manufacturer. (Rheem, No. 59 at p.
5; AHRI, No. 61 at p. 9; Zero Zone, No.
64 at p. 4) Only Schneider Electric
agreed with DOE’s proposal that AEDMs
must be re-validated only with active
models. (SE, No. 41 at p. 12)
While DOE appreciates
manufacturers’ concerns regarding the
additional testing burden and possible
turnover of AEDM models imposed by
this requirement, DOE continues to have
concerns regarding the accuracy of an
AEDM based on data from obsolete
models. Thus, DOE is retaining the
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
9828
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
proposal to require re-validation of an
AEDM if a basic model used for its
validation is discontinued or becomes
obsolete. DOE believes that this
requirement will ensure that AEDMs
continue to produce accurate ratings,
without imposing a significant testing
burden on manufacturers.
DOE notes that under its proposal,
manufacturers may continue to test their
models beyond the minimum validation
requirements as a means to affirm an
AEDM’s validity. As long as the
manufacturer has sufficient test data
underlying the AEDM to meet the
validation requirements at all times,
additional testing for re-validation
would not be required by DOE. In other
words, a manufacturer may continue to
use data from an obsolete or
discontinued model to internally
validate an AEDM or as an input to its
algorithms. However, the manufacturer
must meet the minimum validation
requirements with test data from active
models.
c. Time Allowed for Re-Validation
In the NOPR, DOE proposed that,
should a manufacturer be required to revalidate an AEDM for any reason, it
must complete the re-validation process
and re-rate and re-certify basic models
as necessary within 30 days. The
requirement to re-validate may be a
result of a change in federal standards,
a change in the applicable test
procedure, the basic model used to
validate the AEDM becoming inactive or
found to be noncompliant with
standards, or the failure of a basic model
to meet its certified rating during
assessment or enforcement testing. DOE
proposed that if a manufacturer failed to
re-validate the AEDM and to re-rate and
re-certify any models as necessary
within 30 days, then the AEDM and all
certifications made using the AEDM
would be considered invalid. 77 FR at
32056.
A large majority of interested parties
stated that 30 days is insufficient to
perform the additional testing required
for re-validation of an AEDM and
suggested extending the proposed time
limit. Sixty days was proposed as a
more appropriate timeframe by
Goodman and Schneider Electric; 180
days by AAON and UTC/Carrier; and 90
to 120 days by the remaining twelve
stakeholders. (Bradford White, No. 38 at
p. 1; ABB, No. 39 at p. 3; AAON, No.
40 at p. 6; Modine, No. 42 at p. 4;
Lennox, No. 47 at p. 3; Heatcraft
Refrigeration, No. 49 at p. 4; Zero Zone,
No. 64 at p. 3; Goodman, No. 53 at p.
3; SE., No. 41 at p.11; UTC/Carrier, No.
56 at p. 3; NEMA, No. 44 at p. 18;
Hillphoenix, No. 48 at p. 2; Unico, No.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
54 at p. 4; Rheem, No. 59 at p. 4; AHRI,
No. 61 at pp. 6–7) Zero Zone suggested
that a time limit of 18 to 36 months
would be an appropriate time to update
an AEDM in case of a change in a
standard or a test procedure. (Zero
Zone, No. 64 at p. 4) Schneider Electric
stated that 30 days after an AEDM’s
revision would be sufficient to reevaluate and re-certify products in
distribution. However, it added that if a
manufacturer’s products are not in
distribution at the time, the
manufacturer should be allowed 180
days to re-evaluate and re-certify them.
(Schneider Electric, No. 41 at p. 11)
After considering these suggestions,
DOE is declining to propose a time limit
to re-validate an AEDM. The AEDM
must satisfy the fundamental
requirement for validating an AEDM at
all times.
B. Refrigeration Test Procedure
During DOE’s rulemaking to establish
test procedures for WICF equipment,
which resulted in a final rule published
on April 15, 2011 (‘‘April 2011 test
procedure final rule;’’ 76 FR 21580),
interested parties supported DOE’s
approach to use AHRI 1250 (I–P)–2009,
‘‘2009 Standard for Performance Rating
of Walk-In Coolers and Freezers’’
(‘‘AHRI 1250’’), for WICF refrigeration
testing. AHRI 1250 is an industrydeveloped testing protocol used to
measure walk-in efficiency. However,
DOE is proposing to add certain
modifications to AHRI 1250. These
modifications are designed to either
clarify certain steps in AHRI 1250 or
reduce the testing burden of
manufacturers while ensuring that
accurate measurements are obtained.
1. Rating of Refrigeration Components
The AHRI 1250 test procedure
incorporated into DOE’s regulations
applies to unit coolers and condensing
units tested and sold together as a
matched system, ‘‘mix-matched’’ unit
coolers and condensing units (i.e., unit
coolers and condensing units tested
separately, with a system rating
determined using a calculation
methodology), and unit coolers
connected to compressor racks or
multiplex condensing systems. It also
describes the methods for measuring the
refrigeration capacity, on-cycle
electrical energy consumption, off-cycle
fan energy, and defrost energy. Standard
test conditions, which differ for indoor
and outdoor locations and for coolers
and freezers, are also specified. The test
procedure includes a calculation
methodology to compute an annual
walk-in energy factor (AWEF), which is
the ratio of heat removed from the
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
envelope to the total energy input of the
refrigeration system over a year. AWEF
is measured in Btu/W-h and measures
the efficiency of a refrigeration system,
meaning the unit cooler and condenser
combination.
In response to the September 2013
standards NOPR, the Department
received a number of comments
regarding the potential certification
problems related to establishing an
efficiency metric for WICF refrigeration
systems. Some stakeholders commented
that a single metric would be difficult to
enforce given the walk-in market
structure, and observed that creating
separate metrics for each component of
the refrigeration system (i.e. the unit
cooler and condenser unit) would allow
manufacturers to certify equipment
performance. ASAP expressed concern
that treating the complete refrigeration
system as a ‘‘component’’ could lead to
a standard with a high rate of noncompliance. ASAP also commented that
separate standards for unit coolers and
remote condensing units would be more
practical [than a single standard], since
the proposed standard resulted in a lack
of clarity for manufacturers producing
only unit coolers, only condensing
units, or mix-match systems; however,
such an approach could allow
manufacturers of components to
circumvent the standard by claiming
their product was not designed for use
in walk-ins, and that DOE should ensure
the definition of ‘‘covered equipment’’
does not create this loophole. ([Docket
No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015]; ASAP,
No. 113 at p. 1–3) NCC stated that
standards based on the combined
refrigeration system would rely on the
contractors or designers to comply with
the standard and would make DOE
enforcement difficult. ([Docket No.
EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015]; NCC, No.
96 at p. 2) NCC commented that original
equipment manufacturers of unit
coolers and condensing units who sell
these components separately do not
have control over how their components
are matched with others to form a mixmatch refrigeration system. As a result,
in its view, design consultants and
contractors would have to be relied
upon for certifying the AWEF of a
system comprised of components from
two different manufacturers, making
this proposed approach unenforceable
due to the large number of design
consultants and contractors as
compared to the relatively small number
of refrigeration manufacturers. In light
of these concerns, NCC recommended
DOE set energy efficiency standards for
condensing units and unit coolers
separately. ([Docket No. EERE–2008–
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
BT–STD–0015]; NCC, No 96 at p. 2) CA
IOUs also suggested that DOE enforce
separate standards for unit coolers and
condensing units. ([Docket No. EERE–
2008–BT–STD–0015]; CA IOUs, Public
Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at p. 385)
Bally agreed that separate standards for
condensers and evaporators were more
practical than a combined standard for
the refrigeration system. ([Docket No.
EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015]; Bally, No.
102 at p. 3) AHRI stated that often, the
unit cooler and condensing unit are
purchased independently and was
concerned about treating the
refrigeration system as a single
component. ([Docket No. EERE–2008–
BT–STD–0015]; AHRI, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 88 at p. 42)) Keeprite
agreed that that since evaporators and
condensing units are often sold or
distributed independently of each other,
and with no knowledge of how the
consumer would pair them, separate
standards for each component would be
more practical than a system standard.
([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–
0015]; Keeprite, No. 105 at p. 1)
Other manufacturers described the
potential burden created by having a
single metric. AHRI commented that
since walk-ins are often customdesigned, it would be impossible for
manufacturers to accurately estimate the
number of possible refrigeration system
configurations that could potentially
include any given combination of
condensing unit/unit cooler options.
([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–
0015]; AHRI, No. 114 at p.3) Heatcraft
also remarked that unit coolers and
condensing units should be treated
separately because of the infinite
number of possible combinations.
([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–
0015]; Heatcraft, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 88 at p. 41) American
Panel noted that manufacturers can
easily determine the efficiency of a
paired condenser and evaporator if the
two components were made by the same
company and sold together, but given
the number of different combinations of
condensers and evaporators sold by a
manufacturer, that manufacturer could
be required to test or rate a thousand
different systems to be able to certify all
their possible combinations. ([Docket
No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015];
American Panel, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 88 at pp. 48 and 105)
Manitowoc commented that requiring
that manufacturers test matched
refrigeration systems was not feasible
because manufacturers of condensing
units did not manufacture evaporators
and vice versa; additionally, this
approach would result in an infinite
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
number of combinations. Manitowoc
supported the idea of setting separate
standards for condensing units and unit
coolers, but noted that without an
AEDM in place, these component level
standards would still result in undue
financial burden for manufacturers.
([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–
0015]; Manitowoc, No. 108 at pp. 1 and
2)
Commenters also noted that separate
metrics for the unit cooler and
condenser unit would simplify the
testing and certification process. Lennox
commented that regulating the
condensing unit and unit cooler at the
component, rather than system, level
would greatly simplify manufacturer
testing. ([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–
STD–0015]; Lennox, No. 109 at p.6) CA
IOUs stated that DOE should consider
splitting the refrigeration standard into
condensing unit and unit cooler
standards to simplify the certification
process for assemblers and suggested
that DOE provide a voluntary mix/
match standard level. ([Docket No.
EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015]; CA IOUs,
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at p.
56) The CA IOUs also suggested that the
test procedure be modified to require
the testing of matching systems only for
‘‘self-contained’’ units. ([Docket No.
EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015]; CA IOUs,
No. 110 at p. 2) ASAP supported the
component level approach because a
refrigeration system is not necessarily
sold by a single manufacturer. ([Docket
No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015]; ASAP,
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at p.
46) US Cooler supported a component
level approach for refrigeration
equipment because, in its view, the
approach would give manufacturers
more flexibility to meet the
requirements since components would
be certified individually and could be
put together to determine the system’s
energy consumption. ([Docket No.
EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015]; US Cooler,
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at p.
51) NEEA et al. also recommended that
individual refrigeration system
components, including all unit coolers
and dedicated condensing units, should
be rated and certified. ([Docket No.
EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015]; NEEA et
al., No. 101 at p. 3)
Not all commenters, however,
supported the refrigeration system
component level approach. ACCA noted
that it would be easier to enforce a
standard for a matched system. ([Docket
No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015]; ACCA,
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at p.
47) Louisville Cooler commented that
certifying at a component level would
discourage manufacturers from making
system improvements in order to avoid
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9829
repeating the certification process.
([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–
0015]; Louisville Cooler, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 88 at p. 50) Danfoss
mentioned that refrigeration
components are themselves composites
of other components and subcomponents such as compressors,
valves, controls, etc. Danfoss
commented that requiring separate
certification of condensing units, unit
coolers, and other sub-components such
as valves was a logical step, but was
concerned that pushing the regulation
down to the component level would be
difficult to manage and DOE would lose
the opportunity to pursue system level
performance improvements. Danfoss
suggested a non-regulatory approach to
raise system level efficiency. Danfoss
further pointed out that certified
condensing units and evaporators must
still be properly matched and, currently,
no particular entity controls is
responsible for this task. ([Docket No.
EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015]; Danfoss,
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at pp.
32, 45 and 57)
Commenters offered suggestions as to
how the Department could regulate
refrigeration components separately.
Hussmann supported separate standards
for WICF refrigeration condensing units
and unit coolers and stated that AHRI
should update the WICF refrigeration
test procedure, AHRI 1250, to include a
methodology to obtain separate AWEFs.
([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–
0015]; Hussmann, No. 93 at pp. 1 and
3) NEEA, et al. commented that if unit
coolers and condensing units were rated
and certified separately, walk-in
providers would have more flexibility to
select components that best meet
customer needs. The group also
suggested that DOE utilize the mixmatch testing option in AHRI 1250 to
facilitate component-level standards
([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–
0015]; NEEA, No. 101 at p. 3) ACEEE
suggested DOE use an AEDM approach
for separate certification of condensers
and unit coolers. ACEEE suggested that
a simple software tool could provide
allowable versus forbidden matches
with respect to size matching and other
characteristics but did not suggest any
specific software tools currently on the
market. ([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–
STD–0015]; ACEEE, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 88 at p. 43) Louisville
Cooler suggested that given an
evaporator rating, DOE could establish a
plus-or-minus [capacity] range to match
it with a particular compressor. ([Docket
No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015];
Louisville Cooler, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 88 at p. 50) American
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
9830
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Panel stated that the performance curves
for unit coolers and condensing units
should meet around a 10 degree
temperature difference [between the
internal dry-bulb temperature and the
saturated evaporator temperature].
(([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–
0015]; American Panel, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 88 at p. 59)
Based on these comments noting the
difficult nature of testing and rating
walk-in refrigeration systems,
particularly with respect to the large
number of possible combinations of unit
coolers and condensing units that can
make up the WICF refrigeration system,
the Department is proposing the
following approach to allow
manufacturers to test a condenser or
unit cooler separately, but rate that
component with an AWEF metric
consistent with DOE’s proposed energy
standard. Under this approach, a
manufacturer who sells a unit without
a matched condensing unit must rate
and certify a refrigeration system
containing that unit cooler by testing
according to the methodology in AHRI
1250 for unit coolers matched to a
parallel rack system (see AHRI 1250,
section 7.9). The manufacturer would
use the calculation method in this
section to determine the system AWEF
and certify this AWEF to DOE.
Additionally, all unit coolers tested and
rated as part of a system unit this
method must comply with the standards
in the multiplex equipment classes.
A manufacturer who sells a
condensing unit separately must rate
and certify that a refrigeration system
containing that condensing unit by
conducting the condensing unit portion
of the AHRI 1250 mix/match test
method. The results from the mix/match
test would be combined with a nominal
unit cooler capacity and power, based
on nominal values for saturated suction
temperature and unit cooler fan and
electric defrost energy use factors, in
order to calculate an AWEF for the
refrigeration system basic model
containing that condensing unit.
(Condensing units built to utilize hot
gas defrost must use the method for
estimating hot gas defrost heat load and
energy use outlined in the following
section.) These nominal values are
listed in Table III.6. (These values will
be incorporated into 10 CFR 431.304.)
DOE developed the nominal values
from DOE testing and modeling of WICF
refrigeration systems. DOE observed the
following test and model results for oncycle fan power and used the average
value for its nominal factor:
TABLE III.4—EVAPORATOR FAN POWER TEST AND MODEL RESULTS
On-cycle fan
power
(W)
Unit tested or modeled
Gross capacity at
highest ambient
rating condition
(Btu/h)
On-cycle
evaporator fan
power, per Btu/h
of gross capacity
at highest ambient
condition
(W-h/Btu)
Test: Cooler System—Unit 1 .....................................................................................
Test: Cooler System—Unit 2 .....................................................................................
Test: Freezer System—Unit 3 ...................................................................................
Test: Freezer System—Unit 4 ...................................................................................
Model: Cooler System—Unit 5 ..................................................................................
Model: Cooler System—Unit 6 ..................................................................................
Model: Freezer System—Unit 7 ................................................................................
Model: Freezer System—Unit 8 ................................................................................
320
208
119
113
265
252
133
126
23727
15377
7325
7804
12831
14975
6998
8039
0.013
0.014
0.016
0.014
0.021
0.017
0.019
0.016
Average ..............................................................................................................
..............................
..............................
0.016
Off-cycle unit cooler fan power is
expressed in terms of the on-cycle fan
power and would represent
performance consistent with a unit
cooler meeting the energy conservation
standard. The energy conservation
standard assumes that manufacturers
would implement variable speed fan
controls in order to meet the standard,
which reduces the fan speed by 50
percent when the compressor is off.
According to the fan laws,3 this would
reduce power to 12.5 percent of fullspeed power, or 0.5∧(1/3). However, due
to fan efficiency losses at lower speed,
DOE is assuming that the power would
be 20 percent of full speed power.
For electric defrost energy, DOE also
used test results from low temperature
systems in developing the nominal
factors. The results are as follows:
TABLE III.5—DEFROST ENERGY TEST RESULTS
Average defrost
energy per cycle
(Wh/cycle)
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Unit tested
Gross capacity at
highest ambient
rating condition
(Btu/h)
On-cycle evaporator fan power,
per Btu/h of gross
capacity at highest
ambient condition
(W-h/Btu)
Test: Freezer System—Unit 3 ...................................................................................
Test: Freezer System—Unit 4 ...................................................................................
880
928
7325
7804
0.12
0.12
Average ..............................................................................................................
..............................
..............................
0.12
3 Fan laws are theoretical principles that express
the relationship between variables that impact fan
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:09 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
performance. American Society of Heating,
Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers,
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
ASHRAE Handbook—HVAC Systems and
Equipment, Section 20.4. 2008.
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
9831
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Electric defrost heat contribution
would be expressed in terms of the
electric defrost power. In the AHRI 1250
calculations, the electric defrost heat
contribution is equivalent to the power
contribution converted from Watts to
Btu/h, less the heat embodied in the
defrost meltwater which is drained from
the unit. In testing, DOE observed that
defrost meltwater heat accounted for
approximately 5 percent of the heat
input. Therefore, DOE is assuming that
electric defrost heat contribution to the
interior of the box is 95 percent of the
electric defrost power, converted from
Watts to Btu/h.
The standards for the relevant
equipment class of dedicated
condensing refrigeration systems would
apply to condensing unit basic models
that were rated without a matched unit
cooler. DOE requests comment on its
proposal to allow unit coolers and
condensing units to be rated separately,
and particularly the nominal values
described in Table III.6.
TABLE III.6—NOMINAL VALUES FOR UNIT COOLER SATURATED SUCTION TEMPERATURE AND ENERGY USE FACTORS
Coolers
25
0.016
Saturated Suction Temperature (°F) .......................................................
On-cycle evaporator fan power, per Btu/h of gross capacity at highest
ambient condition (W-h/Btu).
Electric defrost energy per cycle, per Btu/h of gross capacity (W-h/
cycle per Btu/h).
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
2. Defrost Test
The existing test procedure
incorporates a mandatory defrost test for
freezer systems with electric defrost
(AHRI 1250, Section C11). This test is
designed to calculate electric defrost
power consumption based on the (1)
amount of energy consumption per
defrost under both dry and frosted coil
conditions, (2) number of defrosts per
day, and (3) temperature and weight of
the melt-water exiting the unit through
the defrost drain pipe. DOE testing has
shown that the test may be overly
burdensome for manufacturers to
conduct due to the difficulty of
maintaining the moist air infiltration
conditions for the frosted coil test in a
repeatable manner. To minimize this
burden while ensuring that the test
sufficiently measures the energy
consumption of walk-in freezer systems,
DOE proposes to make the full defrost
test optional, allowing manufacturers to
choose between performing the full test
and using a shorter and less
burdensome methodology described as
follows. DOE requests comment on the
following calculation methodology and
nominal values for electric defrost.
—First, the energy input for the dry coil
condition shall be measured as
specified in AHRI 1250, section C11.1
to obtain DFd in W-h.
—In lieu of testing in the frost load
conditions, the frosted coil energy use
(DFf) shall be the product of 1.05
multiplied by DFd. (This value was
developed from DOE test results.)
—For systems without adaptive defrost,
the number of defrosts per day (NDF)
shall be based on the defrost
frequency recommended in the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
¥20
0.016
0.2 × on-cycle evaporator fan power
Off-cycle evaporator fan power (W) ........................................................
Number of cycles per day .......................................................................
Daily electric defrost heat contribution (Btu) ...........................................
Freezers
0
As specified in installation instructions or, if no instructions, 4
0.95 × daily electric defrost energy use × 3.412
installation instructions for the unit; if
no defrost frequency is specified, the
number of defrosts per day shall be
set to 4.
—For systems with adaptive defrost, the
optional test in section C11.2 may be
performed to establish the time
between dry coil defrosts. The
number of defrosts per day calculated
by this optional test shall be averaged
with the number of defrosts per day
that would occur under frosted
conditions (as calculated in the
previous paragraph). Otherwise, for
systems with adaptive defrost, if the
optional test is not performed, the
number of defrosts per day (NDF) shall
be set to the average of 1 and the
number of defrosts per day that would
occur under frosted load conditions.
—The daily contribution of the load
attributed to defrost, Qdf (Btu) shall be
95 percent of the daily defrost energy
use in watt-hours, multiplied by 3.412
Btu/W-h. (This percentage is based on
DOE test data, which showed that
water thermal load is approximately 5
percent of the electric input (see
discussion in previous section III. B.
1. This thermal load is deducted from
the defrost heat load calculation,
consistent with AHRI 1250 equation
C14.)
The existing test is designed to
measure the power consumption for
electrical defrost and does not provide
a method to measure the energy use
associated with hot-gas defrost systems.
DOE is tentatively proposing correction
factors for calculating the heat
contribution and energy use for hot gas
defrost systems. The correction factors
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
0.12
Sfmt 4702
and calculations would apply to
equipment tested as a matched pair
system, to unit coolers, and to
condensing units tested and rated
individually.
The correction factor for heat
contribution is based on DOE’s
assumption that the heat contribution
from hot gas defrost is approximately
half that of an equivalent electric
defrost. This estimate is based on the
fact that electric defrost heat is supplied
through separate heater rods which
radiate more heat to the surrounding
environment, while for hot gas defrost,
the hot gas is circulated through, and
the heat is applied directly onto, the
refrigerant tubes, increasing the amount
of the coil in contact with the heat
source and reducing the amount of heat
lost. DOE is proposing to use a heat
contribution factor of 0.18 Btu per
defrost cycle per Btu/h of capacity at the
highest ambient test condition—that is,
heat contribution equal to half of the
nominal factor for defrost watt-hours
per cycle per Btu/h of gross capacity
proposed in Table III.6, multiplied by a
conversion factor of 3.412 Btu/W-h, and
reduced by 10 percent due to meltwater
drainage. The correction factor shall be
applied to the AHRI 1250 calculation for
daily contribution of the load attributed
to defrost, as follows:
QDF = 0.18 Btu/defrost per Btu/h
capacity × Qref × NDF
Where:
Qref = Gross refrigeration capacity in Btu/h as
measured at the high ambient condition
(90 °F for indoor systems and 95 °F for
outdoor systems)
NDF = Number of defrosts per day; shall be
set to the number recommended in the
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
9832
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
installation instructions for the unit (or
if no instructions, shall be set to 4) for
units without adaptive defrost and 2.5
for units with adaptive defrost to be
consistent with the nominal values
determined previously for rating systems
without performing the frosted-coil or
optional dry coil defrost test
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
The daily average defrost energy
required for the refrigeration system
(DF) shall be zero for a unit cooler
connected to a multiplex condensing
system because the evaporator would be
acting as a condenser extension when
taking hot gas from a compressor rack
during defrost operation, and thus
would not be expected to add to the
rack’s energy use. For a dedicated
condensing system, the daily defrost
energy shall be equivalent to half of the
calculated daily defrost heat (QDF)
converted from Btu to W-h. This is
based on the assumption that during a
hot gas defrost cycle, part of the defrost
heat would be supplied by compressor
heat generated during normal cooling
operation, and the refrigeration system
would be acting as a heat pump (i.e., it
would be operating in reverse) with a
COP of approximately 2. DOE requests
comment on this approach, particularly
with respect to the proposed correction
factors. DOE notes that should a hot gas
defrost test be developed, DOE will
consider adopting such a test in a future
test procedure rulemaking.
3. Off-Cycle Evaporator Fan Test
AHRI 1250, section C10 contains a
method for determining the off-cycle
power of evaporator fans that are
controlled by a ‘‘qualifying control,’’
which may include adjustable fan speed
control or periodic ‘‘stir cycles’’ which
turn the fans on and off according to a
certain duty cycle. AHRI 1250, section
C10 specifies that ‘‘stir cycle’’ controls
shall be adjusted so that the greater of
a 25 percent duty cycle or the
manufacturer default is used for
measuring off-cycle fan energy; and that
variable speed controls shall be adjusted
so that the greater of 25 percent fan
speed or the manufacturer’s default fan
speed shall be used for measuring offcycle fan energy. In comments on the
WICF Standards preliminary analysis,
which were discussed in the September
2013 NOPR, interested parties
mentioned that a 75 percent reduction
in duty cycle or fan speed could cause
temperature stratification in the interior
of the walk-in, which would impact
food safety. DOE proposed in the NOPR
to change the fan speed control
characteristics to be equivalent to a 50
percent reduction in duty cycle or fan
speed. (See 78 FR 55818.) Accordingly,
DOE is proposing in this SNOPR to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
amend the test procedure such that ‘‘stir
cycle’’ controls shall be adjusted so that
the greater of a 50 percent duty cycle or
the manufacturer default is used for
measuring off-cycle fan energy; and that
variable speed controls shall be adjusted
so that the greater of 50 percent fan
speed or the manufacturer’s default fan
speed shall be used for measuring offcycle fan energy. DOE requests
comment on this proposal.
4. Refrigerant Oil Testing
Most refrigeration systems use oillubricated compressors. A small amount
of oil generally escapes the compressor
through the discharge connection and
circulates through the system,
continually returning to the compressor
in the suction line in a properlydesigned and installed system. Under
AHRI 1250, a measurement of the ratio
of oil to refrigerant in the liquid
refrigerant passing from the condenser
to the unit cooler is required per ANSI/
ASHRAE Standard 41.4. This
information is used to adjust the
capacity measurement, since a portion
of the liquid mass flow would be oil that
does not contribute to refrigeration
capacity (see AHRI 1250, section
C3.4.6). DOE recognizes that this test
requires additional test apparatus and
may prove burdensome. Furthermore,
DOE testing has shown that in
equipment with integrated oilseparators, the ratio of oil to refrigerant
tends to be lower than the maximum of
1 percent mandated in AHRI 1250,
section C3.4.6. Therefore, in light of the
negligible amount of oil present in the
refrigerant lines in these types of units
and thus the very low likelihood of
excess oil being present in the system,
DOE is proposing that condensing units
with on-board oil-filters would not be
required to perform this test.
5. Temperature Measurement
The AHRI 1250 procedure specifies a
tolerance of ±0.2 °F for all refrigerant
temperature measurements and that
temperature measuring instruments
must be placed in thermometer wells
(small devices that extend into the
refrigerant tube that contact the
refrigerant and provide a more accurate
temperature measurement). DOE notes
that measurements to a ±0.2 °F accuracy
cannot be obtained by thermocouples
and require use of resistance
temperature detectors (RTDs). DOE also
notes that thermometer wells are
generally large enough to require large
fittings with diameters significantly
larger than those of most refrigerant
tubes used for unit coolers. DOE further
notes that thermocouples are available
with accuracy close to the ±0.2 °F
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
requirement in sheathed arrangements,
which can more easily achieve the goal
of immersing the temperature sensor
into the refrigerant flow. Further, DOE
notes that (a) the impact of the
uncertainty of temperature
measurements of refrigerant entering
and leaving the unit cooler on the
potential capacity measurement is small
enough to be acceptable for an accuracy
requirement of ±0.5 °F, and (b) the
accuracy requirement for all other
refrigerant temperature measurements
could be relaxed further, since these
other measurements have much less
effect on overall test accuracy. In order
to address these concerns and provide
more flexibility for testing, DOE is
proposing that the required tolerance for
test temperature measurement be
maintained at ±0.5 °F for measurements
at the inlet and outlet of the unit cooler,
but be altered to ±1.0 °F for all other
temperature measurements, allowing for
the use of smaller temperature
measurement probes which can more
easily be placed in contact with the
refrigerant while not impeding its flow.
Additionally, DOE is proposing to allow
the test to be conducted using sheathed
sensors immersed in the flowing
refrigerant for refrigerant temperature
measurements upstream and
downstream of the unit cooler, in order
to reduce test burden. No refrigerant
temperature measurements other than
those upstream and downstream of the
unit cooler would require a
thermometer well or sheathed sensor
immersion. DOE requests comment on
these proposed changes to the
temperature measurement approach.
6. Test Condition Tolerances
AHRI 1250 specifies the operating test
condition tolerances for the steady-state
test (AHRI 1250, Table 2), including
tolerances for electrical voltage. DOE
recognizes the importance of also
establishing a test condition tolerance of
1 percent for electrical power frequency,
and proposes to modify the existing test
procedure to set a test condition
tolerance for the frequency of electrical
power, in keeping with most other
industry-accepted test procedures for
refrigeration systems and similar
equipment.
Additionally, since temperature
measurements of air leaving the unit are
not used in the calculation of AWEF
and do not contribute to the test results,
DOE is proposing to delete the
requirements related to the condition
tolerances or measurements of air
leaving the unit. DOE also proposes to
remove the tolerances for wet bulb
temperature on the outdoor system
conditions, except for units with
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
evaporative cooling, as wet bulb
temperature (which is an indicator of
humidity) is not expected to impact the
performance of air-cooled condensing
units. DOE is proposing to retain all
other measurements of air entering the
heat exchangers, including dry bulb
outdoor conditions and dry bulb and
wet bulb indoor conditions (wet bulb
temperature or humidity levels greater
than the required test conditions could
cause excessive frosting of the coil and
affect its rated capacity).
7. Insulation
The existing test procedure specifies
that in the test setup, the pipe lines
between the unit cooler and condensing
unit ‘‘shall be well insulated’’—a
description that lacks specificity. In
recognition of this shortcoming, DOE
proposes to modify the setup by
requiring a minimum thermal resistance
(R-Value). Based on the most commonly
found insulation materials in field
conditions, DOE is proposing that the
insulation be set up as recommended by
the manufacturer in installation
literature or, if there is no
recommendation, insulation shall be
equivalent to a half-inch thick
insulation with a material having an
R-Value of at least 3.7 per inch. Adding
this condition should not pose a
significant test burden since insulation
material with the specified resistivity is
commonly used and readily available.
Under the proposal, flow meters would
not need to be insulated but must not
contact the floor. DOE requests
comment on this approach.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
8. Composition Analysis
The AHRI 1250 test procedure
requires that for systems using zeotropic
refrigerant mixtures (that is, those that
have ‘‘glide’’—i.e. refrigerant mixtures
that change temperature during a phase
change at constant pressure), a
composition analysis of the refrigerant
mixture shall be conducted in order to
ensure compliance with AHRI Standard
520. This test requires that a sample of
the superheated vapor refrigerant be
extracted while the system is still
running. DOE recognizes that this
procedure can represent substantial test
burden, with comparably insignificant
improvements to the accuracy of the
final AWEF measured, and is proposing
to delete this requirement from DOE’s
test procedure. DOE requests comment
on this amendment, given the limited
effect on AWEF if refrigerants with glide
are properly liquid-charged and there
are no test system leaks.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
9. Piping Length
While DOE’s test procedure currently
requires that the length of piping
between the condenser and unit cooler
be 25 feet, DOE proposes to clarify that
this length does not include the length
of any flow meters that the refrigerant
might flow through. Furthermore, in
order to ensure an accurate replication
of field conditions, and to prevent
erroneous efficiency measurements due
to excessive refrigerant pre-cooling,
DOE proposes to specify that the length
of piping allowed within the cooled
space shall be a maximum of 15 feet. In
cases where there are multiple unit
coolers and, therefore, multiple
branches of piping, the 15 feet limit
would apply to each branch
individually as opposed to the total
length of the piping.
10. Other Clarifications and
Modifications
DOE is also proposing to clarify the
language of the test procedure in order
to address potential areas of confusion.
Specifically, DOE is proposing changes
to the list of tests for unit coolers (Table
15: Refrigerator Unit Cooler and Table
16: Freezer Unit Cooler), in order to
display additional data that are
currently included only by reference to
AHRI 420. (Testing standard AHRI 420,
Performance Rating of ForcedCirculation Free-Delivery Unit Coolers
for Refrigeration, establishes definitions
and various requirements regarding
testing, data collection marking/name
plate information, and conformance
conditions with respect to unit coolers.)
Specifically, Tables 15 and 16 are
modified to include the liquid inlet
saturation temperature and outlet
superheat conditions required in AHRI
420 for testing these types of unit
coolers. DOE is clarifying these values
because they can significantly affect the
rated capacity. Also, while the existing
test procedure sets a maximum
allowable voltage imbalance for threephase power supply, DOE proposes to
add a clarification that the stated
maximum imbalance of 2 percent refers
to the maximum imbalance for voltages
measured between phases (rather than
phase-to-neutral).
C. Test Procedure for WICF Panel RValue (ASTM C518–04)
Currently, 10 CFR 431.304 Uniform
test method for the measurement of
energy consumption of walk-in coolers
and walk-in freezers incorporates by
reference ASTM C518–04, a standard
method for determining the thermal
transmission properties (i.e. the thermal
conductance or conductivity) of a
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9833
material using the heat flow meter
apparatus. The heat flow meter
apparatus determines the thermal
conductivity of a material by inducing
one-dimensional heat flow across a test
specimen and measuring the heat flux
and temperature difference across the
specimen. The heat flux measurement is
accomplished using a heat flux
transducer, or thermopile. A thermopile
consists of multiple thermocouples and
produces an electrical voltage
proportional to an applied thermal
gradient. To ascertain the heat flux
based on this electrical voltage, the
thermopile must first be calibrated using
a material having a known thermal
conductivity. ASTM C518–04
recommends using a standard material
that is traceable to a national standards
laboratory (Section 6.4.2).See ASTM
C518–04.
Walk-in wall panels are typically
made of rigid foam insulation, either
board-stock type or ‘‘foam-in-place’’
type foam, with thin ‘‘facers’’ made of
metal or other suitable material on
either side of the foam. In order to meet
the efficiency standards set by EPCA (42
U.S.C. 6313 (f)(1)(C)), the foam core is
typically 3.5 to 6 inches thick, with the
thin facers making an insignificant
contribution to the overall R-value of
the panel.
Currently, the DOE test procedure
requires that ‘‘foam produced inside of
a panel (‘‘i.e. foam-in-place’’) must be
tested in its final foamed state.’’ See 10
CFR 431.304(b)(5). Additionally, panels
may be tested using ASTM C518–04
with non-foam protective skins or facers
still attached, but must not include
structural members or other non-foam
materials. The procedure does not
require manufacturers to consider nonfoam member and/or edge regions when
testing to ASTM C518–04. (10 CFR
431.304 (b)(5)–(6) and (c)(5)–(6)).
Regarding these provisions, DOE
clarified in a final rule issued on
October 21, 2011,that non-foam
members and edge regions are only to be
considered in U-factor testing using
ASTM C1363. See 76 FR at 65364.DOE
further stated that the measurement of
the R-value of the foam with facers
should be equal to a measurement of the
R-value of the foam without the facers.
See id. Metal facers make a negligible
contribution to the overall R-value of
the panel because of the high thermal
conductivity of metals typically used as
facer material and their small thickness.
For example, for an R–25 foam walk-in
cooler panel (4 inches thick) with two
0.04-inch thick steel facers (each with a
thermal conductivity of 21 Btu/h/ft/°F),
the steel facers represent 0.001 percent
of the panel’s overall thermal resistance.
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9834
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
DOE now recognizes that in practice,
the inclusion of facers, non-foam
internal members, or edge regions in
testing using ASTM C518–04 may
produce unreliable results. ASTM
C518–04 states that ‘‘special care shall
be taken in the measurement procedure
for specimens exhibiting appreciable
inhomogeneities, anisotropies, rigidity,
or especially high or low resistance to
heat flow. The use of a heat flow meter
apparatus when there are thermal
bridges present in the specimen may
yield very unreliable results.’’ (ASTM
C518–04 (4.4)) DOE recognizes that
ASTM C518–04’s heat flow apparatus
testing is intended to measure the
thermal conductivity of a single
homogenous material, and that the
industry’s standard practice is to
remove facers prior to testing WICF
panels. Additionally, DOE testing has
shown a minimum of 31 percent and
maximum of 62 percent difference in Rvalue per inch (R/in) in testing panels
at freezer conditions (20 °F) with and
without facers.
DOE is also aware that the removal of
facers will accelerate the aging process
for polyurethane foams. Over time, the
thermal conductivity of polyurethane
foams used for insulation will increase
(resulting in a decreased R-value) due to
the diffusion of air into the foam. The
rate at which the thermal conductivity
increases depends on the blowing agent
used, thickness of the foam, the
permeability of a facing material, if
present, and the temperature at which
the foam is aged. The thermal
conductivity of a 0.4 inch-thick foam
core without facers can increase by as
much as 20% when aged at 90 °F for 8
days. However, a 1.5 inch-thick foam
core without facers may show a
negligible difference in thermal
conductivity when aged at the same
conditions.4 Additionally, ASTM C518–
04, Section 7.3 states that materials
must be conditioned according to their
specifications where applicable,
typically for a period of 24 hours. For
the reasons cited above, DOE proposes
a requirement that samples be tested
without non-foam facers, protective
skins, non-foam internal members, or
edge regions. DOE also proposes that
tests be completed within 48 hours of
being cut to minimize the impact of the
accelerated aging process on the test
results.
4 See ‘‘Aging of Polyurethane Foam Insulation in
Simulated Refrigerator Panels—Initial Results with
Third-Generation Blowing Agents’’ by Kenneth E.
Wilkes et al., published by Oak Ridge National
Laboratory for presentation at The Earth
Technologies Forum, October 26–28, 1998, Figures
2 and 4(b).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
DOE further clarifies that edge regions
should make up a small portion of the
area of a full panel assembly and their
exclusion should not have an impact
when measuring panel R-value. If DOE
later determines that edge regions
comprise a large enough area to warrant
their inclusion when measuring a
panel’s R-value, DOE will revisit its
regulations in order to ensure the test
procedure still results in an R-value that
accurately represents the panel.
Currently, the DOE test procedure
allows test samples for foam-in-place
panels to be as thick as 4 inches. If the
foam-in-place panel is thicker than 4
inches, a sample less than or equal to 4
inches thick would be taken from the
center of the foam-in-place panel. If a
panel incorporates foam produced as
board stock, the board stock can be
tested as-is before assembly into a panel.
(10 CFR 431.304(b)(5) and (c)(5)) In
order to meet the minimum R-value
requirements established in EPCA of R–
25 (coolers) or R–32 (freezers) (42 U.S.C.
6313(f)(1)(C)), walk-in cooler and freezer
panels found on the market are often 4
inches in thickness although DOE does
not require a specific thickness to meet
the current standards.
ASTM C518–04 makes several
recommendations with regard to test
specimen thickness. The measurements
obtained using the heat flow meter
apparatus (as in ASTM C518–04) are
relative to a calibration standard with
known thermal conductivity. Section
4.5.1.1 requires that this standard
material be measured by a recognized
national standards laboratory. Section
6.1 of ASTM C518–04 states ‘‘the
apparatus [heat flow meter] shall be
calibrated with materials having similar
thermal characteristics and thicknesses
as the materials to be evaluated.’’
Section 6.5.4 states ‘‘if tests are to be
conducted at thicknesses other than the
calibrated thickness, make a thorough
study of the error of the heat flow meter
apparatus at other thicknesses.’’
Furthermore, ASTM C518–04 states
‘‘the combined thickness of the
specimen or specimens, the heat flux
transducer and any damping material,
which in total equals the distance
between the cold and hot plates, must
be restricted in order to limit the effect
of edge losses on the measurements.’’
(ASTM C518–04 (7.6.1))
DOE recognizes that the most
appropriate standard reference material
(SRM) for calibration currently offered
by the National Institute of Standards
and Technology (NIST) is 1450d
(previously 1450c, fibrous glass board
material) which has a thickness of 1
inch. NIST SRM 1453 (polystyrene
board) has similar thermal conductivity
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
but a thickness of 0.5 inches. A 4-inch
thick, R–32 test specimen is, therefore,
4 times thicker than the 1450c/d SRM
and has approximately 8 times the
thermal resistance.
In light of recommendations in ASTM
C518–04 cited above, DOE believes the
current discrepancies between a test
sample thickness and calibration
standard thickness and between a test
sample thermal resistance and
calibration standard thermal resistance
could contribute to error in measuring
the thermal resistance of the test
sample. Therefore, DOE proposes to
reduce the allowable thickness of the
sample from no more than 4 inches to
no more than 1 inch. This thickness is
the same as the NIST SRM 1450c/d
calibration standard and DOE believes
that this modification to the test
procedure will reduce the error
associated with the discrepancies listed
above. DOE is also proposing that this
1 inch thickness test sample be taken
from the center of a panel (meaning
centered on a plane half the distance
between the surfaces on which facers
were attached), as the foam aging
process previously described occurs at a
faster rate closer to exposed surfaces.
Material at the center of the panel will
have experienced the smallest effect of
foam aging.
The DOE test procedure at 10 CFR
431.304 does not currently place any
restriction on the uniformity of the
shape of the test specimen surfaces that
contact the hot and cold plates of the
heat flow meter. However, accurate and
reliable measurements of the heat flux
and surface temperatures depend on
uniform contact between the hot and
cold plates and the specimen surfaces.
Section 7.4.3 of ASTM C518–04 states
that rigid or high conductance specimen
surfaces ‘‘should be made flat and
parallel to the same degree as the heatflow-meter.’’ Furthermore, any cutting
operation used to remove the facers
and/or reduce the thickness of the foam
test specimen may leave undesirable
surface incongruities or voids, resulting
in poor contact between the plate and
specimen and yielding unreliable test
results.
With regard to panel testing using
ASTM C518–04, and in light of the
evidence cited above, DOE is proposing
that test specimens be 1 inch in
thickness and cut from the center of a
WICF panel (thus removing the facer
material). This thickness is in keeping
with currently available SRMs from
NIST and would result in test
specimens with the same thickness as
the 1450c/d SRM and approximately 2
times the thermal resistance. DOE also
proposes tolerances of ±0.03 inches on
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
the flatness of both test specimen
surfaces and a tolerance of ±0.03 inches
on the parallelism between the test
specimen surfaces to ensure uniform
contact between theses surfaces and the
hot and cold plates of the heat flow
meter. DOE proposes that testing be
completed within 48 hours of sample
cutting in order to mitigate the effects of
foam aging on the test results.
DOE also proposes the addition of a
tolerance of ±1 degree Fahrenheit on the
mean temperature at which panels are
tested. This is proposed to ensure
repeatability of, and comparability
between, tests. Currently, the test
procedure does not specify a tolerance
for these temperatures (20 degrees
Fahrenheit for freezers and 55 degrees
Fahrenheit for coolers). (10 CFR
431.304(b)(3), (b)(4), (c)(3) and (c)(4))
DOE believes that with the reduction in
test sample thickness and removal of
facers or other non-foam elements, heat
gain from the surrounding environment
into the test apparatus and sample
should be reduced. DOE testing showed
that at freezer conditions 4 inch thick
samples with facers maintained an
average mean temperature of 22.8 °F
while a 1 inch thick sample without
facers maintained a mean temperature
of 19.5 °F (as compared to mean
temperature 20 °F as required by the
DOE test procedure). (10 CRF
431.304(b)(3) and(c)(3)) Based on
research and test data described, DOE is
proposing that the mean temperatures
prescribed in the test procedure should
be more precisely maintained and ±1
degree Fahrenheit tolerance can be
achieved.
DOE clarifies the phrase ‘‘final
chemical form’’ in 10 CFR 431.304(b)(5)
and (c)(5). For ‘‘foam-in-place’’ or
‘‘blown’’ foams (typically polyurethane),
‘‘final chemical form’’ means the foam
is cured as intended and ready for use
as a finished panel. For foam produced
as board stock (typically polystyrene),
‘‘final chemical form’’ means after
extrusion and ready for assembly into a
panel or after assembly into a panel.
DOE recognizes that air continuously
diffuses into the foam as part of the
aging process, and so ‘‘final chemical
form’’ is ambiguous in this regard. As
proposed, testing would be completed
within 48 hours of samples being cut for
testing to minimize the effect of
accelerated aging on the thermal
conductivity when the foam is directly
exposed to air. Furthermore, DOE is
proposing to remove language from
paragraphs (b)(5) and (c)(5) that is
believed to be redundant. Specifically,
the requirement that ‘‘foam produced
inside of a panel (‘‘foam-in-place’’) must
be tested in its final foamed state’’
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
9835
for Thermal Performance of Building
Materials and Envelope Assemblies by
Means of a Hot Box Apparatus; section
5.2 incorporates by reference Annex C
Determination of the aged values of
thermal resistance and thermal
conductivity of DIN EN 13164 and DIN
EN 13165.
While ASTM C518–04 testing is
intended to establish the thermal
resistance of the center of a WICF panel,
the required testing to ASTM C1363–05
is intended to capture the overall
thermal transmittance of a WICF panel,
including thermal bridges and edge
effects (Note: Thermal transmittance is
the reciprocal of thermal resistance).
Similar to ASTM C518–04, DIN EN
13164/13165 testing is intended to
measure the thermal resistance of the
center of a WICF panel; however, DIN
Where:
EN 13164/13165 also captures the
ki is the k factor of type i material as
effects of foam aging on the thermal
measured by ASTM C518, and ti is the
resistance.
thickness of type i material that appears
In response the September 2013
in the panel.
standards NOPR, the Department
DOE requests comment on this formula. received a number of comments
In paragraphs (b), (b)(6), (c) and (c)(6)
regarding the WICF panel test
of 10 CFR 431.304, DOE is proposing to
procedure. Some stakeholders
remove references to manufacturers.
supported the use of the U-value metric.
The requirements of these paragraphs
Nor-Lake commented that U-factor was
are not limited to testing performed by
an acceptable metric for panels. ([Docket
manufacturers. Independent testing
No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015]; Norlaboratories or other entities would be
Lake, No 115 at p. 2) NEEA supported
responsible for meeting these
the use of a basic model U-value for
requirements for any testing that has its
specifying the panel efficiency. NEEA
purpose as described in paragraphs (b)
added that the current metric set by
and (c), namely for certifying
Congress—the R-value from ASTM
compliance with applicable energy
C518—does not adequately measure the
conservation standards and, since
broad range of panel types and
October 12, 2011, for representations of
configurations available. In NEEA’s
energy efficiency or energy use.
view, a panel U-value, as defined in the
proposed standard, would be far more
D. Performance-Based Test Procedures
accurate in assessing panel efficiency.
for Walk-In Coolers and Freezers
([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–
As described above, WICF panels
0015]; NEEA et al, No. 101 at p.2)
must meet prescriptive requirements for
DOE also received a number of
foam insulation R-values based on
comments expressing concern over the
ASTM C518–04 testing incorporated in
availability and capability of
10 CFR 431.304. Additionally, the test
laboratories to conduct the DOE test
procedure at Appendix A to Subpart R
procedure for determining panel Uof Part 431 (Uniform Test Method for the value, specifically ASTM C1363–10, EN
Measurement of Energy Consumption of 13164:2009–02, and EN 13165:2009–02.
the Components of Envelopes of WalkThermo-Kool, Kysor, Imperial-Brown,
In Coolers and Walk-In Freezers)
and Hillphoenix each stated that they
establishes the method and metrics by
have not identified any laboratories
which the energy consumption
capable of conducting the long-term
(envelope components) or efficiency
thermal aging test methods required
(refrigeration components) may be
under EN 13164:2009–02 and EN
13165:2009–02. ([Docket No. EERE–
measured; this includes floor and non2008–BT–STD–0015]; Thermo-Kool, No.
floor panels. Sections 4.2 and 4.3
establish the calculation procedures that 97 at p. 1; Kysor, No. 88 at p. 67;
Imperial-Brown, No. 98 at p. 1;
result in a thermal conductivity, UHillphoenix, No. 107 at p. 2) Bally
value, metric for floor and non-floor
recommended that long-term thermal
panels, and sections 5.1 and 5.2
aging be dropped from the proposed
establish the methods by which the
standard until more resources, which
required measurements are taken.
DOE infers to mean test labs, are
Section 5.1 incorporates by reference
ASTM C1363–05 Standard Test Method available in the United States. ([Docket
would be removed, as the requirement
that foam be in it final chemical form as
described above is sufficient.
DOE recognizes that some panels
contain two or more different layers of
insulating material. To accommodate
these types of panels, DOE is proposing
that for panels that have more than one
type of insulating material, a sample of
each material shall be tested as specified
in 10 CFR 431.304 and the R-value of
the panel shall be calculated according
to the proportion the materials occur in
the panel. Therefore, for a panel with i
types of insulating material, the R-Value
shall be calculated as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
EP20FE14.002
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9836
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015]; Bally,
No. 102 at p. 2) Thermo-Kool, Kysor,
Manitowoc, Imperial-Brown, and
Hillphoenix commented that only two
laboratories in the United States are
capable of conducting ASTM C1363–10.
([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–
0015]; Thermo-Kool, No. 97 at p. 1;
Kysor, No. 88 at p. 67; Manitowoc, No.
108 at p. 1; Imperial-Brown, No. 98 at
p. 1; Hillphoenix, No. 107 at p. 2)
AHRI noted that American
laboratories were largely unfamiliar
with ASTM C1363–05, DIN EN
13164:2009–02, and DIN EN
13165:2009–02. Further, AHRI
commented that the limited supply of
testing capacity and the increased
demand for testing as a result of the
proposed rule could raise the cost of
testing. ([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–
STD–0015]; AHRI, No. 114 at p.4)
Manufacturers reiterated that the
limited number of test facilities
available would increase testing costs.
Hillphoenix and Imperial-Brown
commented that the insufficient number
of third-party test facilities in the United
States would significantly increase
testing costs, which would heavily
impact small manufacturers. ([Docket
No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015];
Hillphoenix, No. 107 at pp. 2 and 6)
Hillphoenix estimated that testing
panels would result in testing costs
higher than $500,000 per manufacturer.
Hillphoenix recommended DOE allow
AEDMs for walk-in panel certification to
reduce this financial burden. ([Docket
No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015];
Hillphoenix, No. 107 at p.6) Louisville
Cooler also commented that the cost of
testing panels was prohibitive,
especially for small manufacturers, and
stated that there was not a test facility
or certification body that could perform
the test. Louisville cooler suggested
DOE determine if at least three test
facilities are capable of performing the
DOE test procedure for walk-in panels.
([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–
0015]; Louisville Cooler, No. 81 at p.1
and Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at
pp. 83–84)
Other manufacturers commented that
the current cost of testing at a thirdparty facility is too high. American
Panel commented that the ASTM
C1363–10 test has a cost-burden of
around $4000 for each test (a cost it
considers excessive) and that ATSM
C518 is more practical for measuring the
heat gain through insulation panels.
([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–
0015]; American Panel, No. 99 at p. 1)
American Panel further remarked that
small manufacturers could not absorb
this testing cost. ([Docket No. EERE–
2008–BT–STD–0015]; American Panel,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
No. 99 at p. 2) Manitowoc, US Cooler,
and Nor-Lake also commented that the
testing requirements would cause a
significant financial burden to small
manufacturers ([Docket No. EERE–
2008–BT–STD–0015]; Manitowoc, No.
108 at p. 4; U.S. Cooler, No. 75 at p. 1;
Nor-Lake, No. 115 at p.3) Imperial
Brown estimated that the total cost of
testing would be in the range of $2.5
million per manufacturer, which is
prohibitive particularly for small
businesses.([Docket No. EERE–2008–
BT–STD–0015]; Imperial Brown, No. 98
at pp. 2 and 4) Imperial Brown did not
clarify if the $2.5 million test cost was
solely for certification of walk-in panels.
ICS, et al. stated that the high cost of
testing to ASTM C1363–10 will create a
significant burden on all manufacturers
and recommended that DOE use ASTM
C518. ([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–
STD–0015]; CT/TR/ICS, No. 100 at p. 5)
Two manufacturers noted that
laboratory availability would impact
manufacturers’ ability to meet the test
procedure effective date. Manitowoc
commented that the limited number of
laboratories makes it difficult for
manufacturers to meet the test
procedure effective date. ([Docket No.
EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015];
Manitowoc, No. 108 at p.1) Kysor also
recommended that DOE extend the test
procedure effective date until more labs
are qualified to perform the walk-in
panel tests. ([Docket No. EERE–2008–
BT–STD–0015]; Kysor, No. 88 at p. 67;
Kyson, No. 88 at p. 35)
DOE also received comments
opposing the long-term thermal aging
test methods. Bally expressed confusion
as to how the long-term thermal aging
tests were incorporated into the
proposed standard. ([Docket No. EERE–
2008–BT–STD–0015]; Bally, No. 102 at
p. 2) Imperial-Brown noted that EN
13165:2009–02 requires panels to be
[aged] for 6 months, which creates
additional burden for manufacturers.
([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–
0015]; Imperial-Brown, No. 98 at p. 1)
CT/TR/ICS commented that the thermal
[aging] testing is unnecessary because
the time frame required for a significant
reduction in panel R-value is likely
beyond the panel’s useable lifetime.
([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–
0015]; CT/TR/ICS, No. 100 at p. 1)
Interested parties also opposed using
the U-value as the efficiency metric for
walk-in panels. Bally did not support
using the U-value as a metric for panels
because of what it viewed as the lack of
laboratories that are capable of
performing ASTM C1363, the unknown
cost of testing, and the variability in
construction methods—all of which
make it difficult to ascertain a U-value
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
for a panel. In its view, ASTM C1363–
05 is a cumbersome test method with
little added value. Bally recommended
DOE continue to use R-value as the
metric because panel manufacturers are
already accustomed to the DOE test
procedure for determining R-value (10
CFR 431.304(a)). ([Docket No. EERE–
2008–BT–STD–0015]; Bally, No. 102 at
p. 1–2)
Thermo-Kool commented that the Ufactor test alone does not determine the
overall energy use of the envelope
because there are other factors that play
a larger role in the envelope’s energy
use such as the refrigeration system,
lighting, and infiltration. Thermo-Kool
asserted that R-value as measured by
ASTM C518 was a sufficient metric for
measuring panel performance and the Rvalue could be used to calculate Uvalue. ([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–
STD–0015]; Thermo-Kool, No. 97 at
pp.1–2)
Imperial-Brown, Kysor, and
Hillphoenix recommended using the Rvalue calculated from ASTM C518 in
order to reduce the burdensome test
requirements. ([Docket No. EERE–2008–
BT–STD–0015]; Imperial-Brown, No. 98
at p. 1–2; Kysor, No. 88 at p. 35;
Hillphoenix, No. 107 at p. 2) AHRI
recommended that DOE translate the
proposed standard to prescriptive
requirements to eliminate testing
requirements or increase the current Rvalue standards. ([Docket No. EERE–
2008–BT–STD–0015]; AHRI, No. 114 at
p. 2)
Several manufacturers suggested
alternative methods of determining a
walk-in panel’s overall thermal
conductivity or resistance. Hillphoenix
suggested DOE use a calculation
methodology with thermal resistance
values from the ASHRAE Fundamentals
Handbook for components like the
perimeter frame, additional blocking,
metal layers and large metal lock
housings to determine the panel’s
overall U-value. ([Docket No. EERE–
2008–BT–STD–0015]; Hillphoenix, No.
107 at p. 2) CA IOU recommended
reducing testing burden by using a
calculation approach for U-factor based
on measured U-factor of foam and
framing components. ([Docket No.
EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015]; CA IOU,
No. 88 at p. 86) Kysor agreed with CA
IOU’s proposal because it is less costly
to manufacturers. ([Docket No. EERE–
2008–BT–STD–0015]; Kysor, No. 88 at
p.86) ICS commented that thermal
transmission properties of all panel
components are available and can be
used to calculate overall R-value.
([Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–
0015]; CT/TR/ICS, No. 100 at pp. 5–6)
Bally recommended that a panel’s U-
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
value be calculated using a ratio of the
edge area to total area. ([Docket No.
EERE–2008–BT–STD–0015]; Bally, No.
88, at p. 367 and Bally, No. 102 at p. 5)
American Panel commented that the
ratio of frame to perimeter widely varied
with panel size and its use was not
sufficiently penalizing manufacturers of
large panels using wooden frames or
other inefficient designs. Further,
American Panel suggested that the Rvalue of panels be calculated using a
weighted average of the R-values of the
frame and the core. ([Docket No. EERE–
2008–BT–STD–0015]; American Panel,
No. 88 at p. 369)
Architectural Testing, an independent
test facility, suggested specific changes.
It noted that 10 CFR 431.304 appendix
A, section 5.1 describes a test sequence
that is not efficient or cost effective.
They recommended performing the
ASTM C1363 on two assembled panels,
after which a core sample from one of
the panels tested with ASTM C1363
could then be tested according to ASTM
C518 at the same surface temperatures
as the ASTM C1363 test. Architectural
Testing also recommended that DOE
align the test conditions described in 10
CFR 431.304 appendix A, section 5.3 for
ASTM C1363 to the conditions required
for testing display and non-display
doors with NFRC 100. Architectural
Testing further stated that the long-term
thermal aging tests, EN 13164 and EN
13165, reference other European
standards, like EN 12667 or EN 12939,
which are similar to ASTM C518.
Architectural Testing recommended that
DOE modify the test procedure so that
the intent of EN 13165 and 13165 is still
followed, but that the thermal
measurements would be conducted
according to ASTM C518. Finally,
Architectural Testing recommended that
DOE remove the sample size limitations
from 10 CFR 431.304 appendix A,
section 5.2 because these sample sizes
are uncommon and cause increased
testing costs. ([Docket No. EERE–2008–
BT–STD–0015]; Architectural Testing,
No. 111 at pp. 1–3)
In response to the extensive number
of comments DOE received regarding
test burden and lab availability, DOE is
proposing to remove the test procedures
in 10 CFR 431, Appendix A to Subpart
R that reference ASTM C1363–05 and
DIN EN 13164/13165 and their
accompanying calculation procedures,
leaving only ASTM C518–04 testing in
10 CFR 431.304 for establishing the
thermal resistance of WICF panels. This
would remove in their entirety sections
4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 5.2 from 10 CFR 431,
Appendix A of Subpart R.
DOE is also proposing several minor
changes to section 5.3 for clarification
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
purposes only. Specifically, DOE is
proposing that section 5.3(a)(2)’s title
change from ‘‘Internal conditions’’ to
‘‘Cold-side conditions’’ and section
5.3(a)(3)’s title change from ‘‘External
conditions’’ to ‘‘Warm-side conditions.’’
The terms ‘‘internal’’ and ‘‘external’’ are
irrelevant in the context of the testing
apparatus described in NFRC 100[E0A1]
(incorporated by reference). DOE also
proposes to specify the surface
convective heat transfer coefficients
referred to in paragraph (a)(1); these
values are 30 Watts per meter-Kelvin
(W/m-K) for the cold side of the hot box
apparatus and 7.7 W/m-K for the warm
side. This proposed change would only
clarify these terms. These values are
specified in ASTM C1199–09 Standard
Test Method for Measuring the SteadyState Thermal Transmittance of
Fenestration Systems Using Hot Box
Methods which is referred to by NFRC
100[E0A1].
E. Sampling Plan
In order to determine a certified rating
for certifying compliance or making
energy use representations, DOE
requires manufacturers to test each basic
model in accordance with the
applicable DOE test procedure and
apply the sampling plan. In today’s
notice, DOE is proposing a sampling
plan for walk-ins consistent with other
commercial equipment regulated under
EPCA. The sampling requirements are
included in the proposed section 429.53
of Subpart B of 10 CFR Part 429. For
consistency with other commercial
equipment regulated under EPCA, DOE
is proposing that a minimum of two
units of a WICF component basic model
be tested to develop a representative
rating, as prescribed in 10 CFR 429.11.
However, manufacturers may test more
units of a basic model, if desired. DOE
is proposing that any represented energy
consumption values of a walk-in basic
model shall be lower than or equal to
the higher of the mean of the sample or
the 95 percent lower confidence limit
(UCL) of the true mean divided by 1.05.
Additionally, DOE is proposing that any
represented energy efficiency values of
a walk-in basic model shall be greater
than or equal to the lower of the mean
of the sample or the 95 percent lower
confidence limit (LCL) of the true mean
divided by 0.95.
F. Compliance With Other EPCA
Requirements
In amending a test procedure, EPCA
generally directs DOE to determine to
what extent, if any, the proposed
amendments would alter the measured
energy efficiency or measured energy
use of a covered product. (42 U.S.C.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9837
6293(e)(1)) If the amended test
procedure alters the measured energy
efficiency or measured energy use, the
Secretary must amend the applicable
energy conservation standard
accordingly. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(2))
With regard to the AEDMs for WICF
refrigeration systems, energy
conservation standards for refrigeration
systems have not been established.
Therefore, this aspect of DOE’s proposal
(i.e. permitting the use of separate
AEDMs when rating the unit cooler and
condenser unit) would not implicate
this particular provision. DOE will, of
course, consider any impacts from the
adopted approach it finalizes as part of
its standards analysis.
DOE tentatively concludes the
amendments to the test procedure for
walk-in cooler and freezer panels at 10
CFR 431.304 described in section III.B
above will not have an impact on the
measurement of energy consumption.
With regards to the removal of facers as
described above in section III.B, the thin
metal facers that are adjoined to the
foam WICF panel would ensure accurate
and reliable test results and to better
align the DOE test procedure with the
requirements of ASTM C518–04.
With regard to the proposed
requirements for the thickness of the
WICF panel test specimen in section
III.B, the thermal conductivity that is
measured during ASTM C518–04 is an
intrinsic property of the material itself
and this requirement is proposed to
ensure reliable measurement of this
property. The nominal thickness of the
original WICF panel assembly would
still be divided by this thermal
conductivity (1/K multiplied by panel
thickness) to arrive at the panel R-value.
Therefore, the R-value obtained is still
comparable to the currently prescribed
energy conservation standards.
The proposed requirements of section
III.B concerning the flatness and
parallelism of the test specimen surfaces
are intended to ensure accurate test
results. While the incorporated by
reference ASTM C518–04 makes
recommendations regarding the flatness
and parallelism of these surfaces, DOE
believes it is necessary to prescribe
greater specificity for these parameters
to improve consistency and
repeatability during testing. Again, this
proposed requirement would not alter
the end R-value result in such a way as
to require amendment of the energy
conservation standards.
DOE also tentatively concludes that
the addition of tolerances to the mean
temperature of the test will have no
effect on the measurement of panel Rvalue. The mean temperatures
prescribed for testing (20 degrees
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
9838
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Fahrenheit for freezer panels and 55
degrees Fahrenheit for cooler panels) are
not being altered from their current
values. Rather this tolerance is proposed
as a means for ensuring test
repeatability and comparability.
Performance-based energy
conservation standards that would rely
on the test procedures described in 10
CFR part 431, Subpart R, Appendix A,
as well as the AHRI 1250 test procedure,
have not yet been established by DOE.
Therefore, the changes proposed in
today’s notice—i.e., the removal of
ASTM C1363, DIN EN 13165, and DIN
EN 13164; the amendments to NFRC
100[E0A1]; and the amendments to
AHRI 1250—will not affect the
measurement of any current energy
conservation standards.
IV. Procedural Issues and Regulatory
Review
A. Review Under Executive Order 12866
The Office of Management and Budget
has determined that test procedure
rulemakings do not constitute
‘‘significant regulatory actions’’ under
section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866,
‘‘Regulatory Planning and Review,’’ 58
FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993). Accordingly,
this regulatory action was not subject to
review under the Executive Order by the
Office of Information and Regulatory
Affairs (OIRA) in the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB).
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
B. Review Under the Regulatory
Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5
U.S.C. 601, et seq.) requires the
preparation of an initial regulatory
flexibility analysis (IRFA) for any rule
that by law must be proposed for public
comment, unless the agency certifies
that the rule, if promulgated, will not
have a significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small entities.
As required by Executive Order 13272,
‘‘Proper Consideration of Small Entities
in Agency Rulemaking,’’ 67 FR 53461
(August 16, 2002), DOE published
procedures and policies on February 19,
2003, to ensure that the potential
impacts of its rules on small entities are
properly considered during the DOE
rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE
has made its procedures and policies
available on the Office of the General
Counsel’s Web site: www.gc.doe.gov.
DOE reviewed the test procedures
considered in today’s SNOPR under the
provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility
Act (RFA) and the policies and
procedures published on February 19,
2003.
DOE reviewed the AEDM
requirements and the test procedure
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:09 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
modifications being proposed under the
provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility
Act and the procedures and policies
published on February 19, 2003. As
discussed in more detail below, DOE
found that because the provisions of this
proposed rule will not result in
increased testing and/or reporting
burden for manufacturers and would, if
adopted, permit additional
manufacturers to use an AEDM for the
purposes of rating and certifying their
equipment, which would reduce
manufacturer testing burden.
Accordingly, based on DOE’s review,
manufacturers are unlikely to
experience increased financial burden if
the provisions presented in today’s
proposal are adopted.
First, DOE is proposing to allow walkin manufacturers to use an AEDM to
certify their products. Previously, no
walk-in manufacturers were eligible to
use an AEDM. Today’s proposal would
adopt voluntary methods for certifying
compliance in lieu of conducting actual
physical testing—which in turn, would
reduce the testing and reporting burden
of walk-in manufacturers who elect to
use an AEDM to certify their equipment.
Furthermore, the proposed validation
requirements for an AEDM would not
require more testing than that which is
currently required under DOE’s
regulations at 10 CFR 429.12. While the
Department believes that permitting
greater use of AEDMs will reduce the
affected manufacturer’s test burden,
their use is at the manufacturer’s
discretion. If, as a result of any of the
regulations herein, a manufacturer
believes that use of an AEDM would
increase rather than decrease their
financial burden, the manufacturer may
choose not to employ the method.
Should a manufacturer choose to
abstain from using an AEDM, this
provision, if adopted, would not apply
and the manufacturer would continue to
remain subject to the requirements of
the applicable DOE test procedures for
walk-ins, which would result in no
change in burden from that which is
required currently.
DOE is also codifying alternate
methods for certifying individual walkin cooler and freezer components,
which should further decrease the
burden of existing DOE regulations.
DOE is currently undertaking an energy
conservation standards rulemaking to
set performance standards for walk-in
cooler components, including panels,
doors, and refrigeration systems. Under
the provisions of the March 2011 Final
Rule, the ‘‘component’’ manufacturer
would be required to certify compliance
with these standards once they go into
effect—however, there were no
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
provisions for manufacturers of
individual refrigeration components (i.e.
unit coolers and condensing units) to
separately certify their components to
an energy conservation standard, since
the proposed refrigeration system
standard would apply to the whole
refrigeration system. These
manufacturers could potentially have
incurred a large burden by having to test
all combinations of the components
they wished to certify. Additionally,
manufacturers of only one type of
component could have been
inadvertently prevented from selling
their equipment because there would
have been no available certification
mechanism. This SNOPR proposes an
alternate certification methodology by
which manufacturers of either
component of a walk-in refrigeration
system—the condensing unit or the unit
cooler—may certify compliance with
the applicable standard without having
to test every combination of components
that they produce. DOE believes this
approach will significantly reduce the
testing and certification burden for all
manufacturers, including small
businesses.
Finally, DOE is proposing to adopt
several clarifications and modifications
to the existing test procedures that are
intended to further reduce testing
burden. For example, DOE is proposing
not to require the use of long-term
thermal resistance testing of foam and to
allow manufacturers to certify their
panels based on testing to ASTM C518,
a simpler test method that is already in
use in the industry. For a complete list
of test procedure modifications, see
section III.
For the reasons enumerated above,
DOE is certifying that this proposal, if
promulgated, would not have a
significant impact on a substantial
number of small entities.
C. Review Under the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995
A walk-in manufacturer must certify
to DOE that its equipment complies
with all applicable energy conservation
standards. In certifying compliance,
manufacturers must test their products
according to the DOE test procedures for
walk-in equipment, including any
amendments adopted for those test
procedures, on the date that compliance
is required. DOE has established
regulations for the certification and
recordkeeping requirements for all
covered consumer products and
commercial equipment, including direct
heating equipment and pool heaters. 76
FR 12422 (March 7, 2011). The
collection-of-information requirement
for certification and recordkeeping is
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
subject to review and approval by OMB
under the Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA). This requirement has been
approved by OMB under OMB control
number 1910–1400. Public reporting
burden for the certification is estimated
to average 20 hours per response,
including the time for reviewing
instructions, searching existing data
sources, gathering and maintaining the
data needed, and completing and
reviewing the collection of information.
Notwithstanding any other provision
of the law, no person is required to
respond to, nor shall any person be
subject to a penalty for failure to comply
with, a collection of information subject
to the requirements of the PRA, unless
that collection of information displays a
currently valid OMB Control Number.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
D. Review Under the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
DOE is proposing amendments to its
test procedures and related provisions
for walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers.
DOE has determined that this proposal
falls into a class of actions that are
categorically excluded from review
under the National Environmental
Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 et
seq.) and DOE’s implementing
regulations at 10 CFR part 1021. This
proposed rule would amend the existing
test procedures without affecting the
amount, quality, or distribution of
energy usage, and, therefore, would not
result in any environmental impacts.
Thus, this rulemaking is covered by
Categorical Exclusion A5 under 10 CFR
part 1021, subpart D, which applies to
any rulemaking that interprets or
amends an existing rule without
changing the environmental effect of
that rule. Accordingly, neither an
environmental assessment nor an
environmental impact statement is
required.
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
Executive Order 13132, ‘‘Federalism,’’
64 FR 43255 (August 10, 1999), imposes
certain requirements on Federal
agencies formulating and implementing
policies or regulations that preempt
State law or that have federalism
implications. The Executive Order
requires agencies to examine the
constitutional and statutory authority
supporting any action that would limit
the policymaking discretion of the
States, and to carefully assess the
necessity for such actions. The
Executive Order also requires agencies
to have an accountable process to
ensure meaningful and timely input by
State and local officials in the
development of regulatory policies that
have federalism implications. On March
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
14, 2000, DOE published a statement of
policy describing the intergovernmental
consultation process it will follow in the
development of such regulations. (65 FR
13735) DOE has examined this proposed
rule and has tentatively determined that
it would not have a substantial direct
effect on the States, on the relationship
between the national government and
the States, or on the distribution of
power and responsibilities among the
various levels of government. EPCA
governs and prescribes Federal
preemption of State regulations as to
energy conservation for the products
that are the subject of today’s proposed
rule. States can petition DOE for
exemption from such preemption to the
extent, and based on criteria, set forth in
EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6297) No further
action is required by Executive Order
13132.
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
Regarding the review of existing
regulations and the promulgation of
new regulations, section 3(a) of
Executive Order 12988, ‘‘Civil Justice
Reform,’’ 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996),
imposes on Federal agencies the general
duty to adhere to the following
requirements: (1) Eliminate drafting
errors and ambiguity; (2) write
regulations to minimize litigation; (3)
provide a clear legal standard for
affected conduct rather than a general
standard; and (4) promote simplification
and burden reduction. Regarding the
review required by section 3(a), section
3(b) of Executive Order 12988
specifically requires that Executive
agencies make every reasonable effort to
ensure that the regulation: (1) Clearly
specifies the preemptive effect, if any;
(2) clearly specifies any effect on
existing Federal law or regulation; (3)
provides a clear legal standard for
affected conduct while promoting
simplification and burden reduction; (4)
specifies the retroactive effect, if any; (5)
adequately defines key terms; and (6)
addresses other important issues
affecting clarity and general
draftsmanship under any guidelines
issued by the Attorney General. Section
3(c) of Executive Order 12988 requires
Executive agencies to review regulations
in light of applicable standards in
sections 3(a) and 3(b) to determine
whether they are met or it is
unreasonable to meet one or more of
them. DOE has completed the required
review and tentatively determined that,
to the extent permitted by law, the
proposed rule meets the relevant
standards of Executive Order 12988.
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9839
G. Review Under the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) requires
each Federal agency to assess the effects
of Federal regulatory actions on State,
local, and Tribal governments and the
private sector. (Pub. L. 104–4, sec. 201,
codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531) For regulatory
actions likely to result in a rule that may
cause the expenditure by State, local,
and Tribal governments, in the
aggregate, or by the private sector of
$100 million or more in any one year
(adjusted annually for inflation), section
202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency
to publish a written statement that
estimates the resulting costs, benefits,
and other effects on the national
economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) UMRA
also requires a Federal agency to
develop an effective process to permit
timely input by elected officers of State,
local, and Tribal governments on a
proposed ‘‘significant intergovernmental
mandate,’’ and requires an agency plan
for giving notice and opportunity for
timely input to potentially affected
small governments before establishing
any requirements that might
significantly or uniquely affect them. On
March 18, 1997, DOE published a
statement of policy on its process for
intergovernmental consultation under
UMRA. (62 FR 12820) (This policy is
also available at www.gc.doe.gov/gc/
office-general-counsel.) DOE examined
today’s proposed rule according to
UMRA and its statement of policy and
has tentatively determined that the rule
contains neither an intergovernmental
mandate, nor a mandate that may result
in the expenditure by State, local, and
Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or
by the private sector, of $100 million or
more in any year. Accordingly, no
further assessment or analysis is
required under UMRA.
H. Review Under the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 1999
Section 654 of the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105–277) requires
Federal agencies to issue a Family
Policymaking Assessment for any rule
that may affect family well-being. This
rule would not have any impact on the
autonomy or integrity of the family as
an institution. Accordingly, DOE has
concluded that it is not necessary to
prepare a Family Policymaking
Assessment.
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
Pursuant to Executive Order 12630,
‘‘Governmental Actions and Interference
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
9840
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
with Constitutionally Protected Property
Rights,’’ 53 FR 8859 (March 18, 1988),
DOE has determined that this proposed
rule would not result in any takings that
might require compensation under the
Fifth Amendment to the U.S.
Constitution.
J. Review Under Treasury and General
Government Appropriations Act, 2001
Section 515 of the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note)
provides for Federal agencies to review
most disseminations of information to
the public under information quality
guidelines established by each agency
pursuant to general guidelines issued by
OMB. OMB’s guidelines were published
at 67 FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and
DOE’s guidelines were published at 67
FR 62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). DOE has
reviewed today’s proposed rule under
the OMB and DOE guidelines and has
concluded that it is consistent with
applicable policies in those guidelines.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
Executive Order 13211, ‘‘Actions
Concerning Regulations That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use,’’ 66 FR 28355 (May
22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to
prepare and submit to OIRA at OMB, a
Statement of Energy Effects for any
significant energy action. A ‘‘significant
energy action’’ is defined as any action
by an agency that promulgates or is
expected to lead to promulgation of a
final rule, and that: (1) Is a significant
regulatory action under Executive Order
12866, or any successor order; and (2)
is likely to have a significant adverse
effect on the supply, distribution, or use
of energy; or (3) is designated by the
Administrator of OIRA as a significant
energy action. For any proposed
significant energy action, the agency
must give a detailed statement of any
adverse effects on energy supply,
distribution, or use should the proposal
be implemented, and of reasonable
alternatives to the action and their
expected benefits on energy supply,
distribution, and use.
DOE has reviewed today’s proposal
and determined, it would not have a
significant adverse effect on the supply,
distribution, or use of energy, nor has it
been designated as a significant energy
action by the Administrator of OIRA.
Therefore, it is not a significant energy
action, and, accordingly, DOE has not
prepared a Statement of Energy Effects
for this rulemaking.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
L. Review Under Section 32 of the
Federal Energy Administration Act of
1974
Under section 301 of the Department
of Energy Organization Act (Pub. L. 95–
91; 42 U.S.C. 7101, et seq.), DOE must
comply with all laws applicable to the
former Federal Energy Administration,
including section 32 of the Federal
Energy Administration Act of 1974
(Pub. L. 93–275), as amended by the
Federal Energy Administration
Authorization Act of 1977 (Pub. L. 95–
70). (15 U.S.C. 788; FEAA) Section 32
provides in relevant part that, where a
proposed rule authorizes or requires use
of commercial standards, the notice of
proposed rulemaking must inform the
public of the use and background of
such standards. In addition, section
32(c) requires DOE to consult with the
Attorney General and the Chairman of
the Federal Trade Commission (FTC)
concerning the impact of the
commercial or industry standards on
competition. Today’s proposed rule
does not propose to incorporate any
commercial standards. The commercial
standards discussed in today’s
rulemaking were already adopted in the
Test Procedures for Walk-In Coolers and
Walk-In Freezers, which was published
in the Federal Register on April 15,
2011. 76 FR 21580. DOE conducted a
review under Section 32 of the Federal
Energy Administration Act of 1974 in
the April 2011 test procedure final rule.
76 FR 21580, 21604.
V. Public Participation
A. Submission of Comments
DOE will accept comments, data, and
information regarding this proposed
rule before or after the public meeting,
but no later than the date provided in
the DATES section at the beginning of
this proposed rule. Interested parties
may submit comments using any of the
methods described in the ADDRESSES
section at the beginning of this notice.
All submissions received must
include the agency name and docket
number and/or RIN for this rulemaking.
No telefacsimilies (faxes) will be
accepted.
Submitting comments via
regulations.gov. The
www.regulations.gov Web page will
require you to provide your name and
contact information. Your contact
information will be viewable to DOE
Building Technologies staff only. Your
contact information will not be publicly
viewable except for your first and last
names, organization name (if any), and
submitter representative name (if any).
If your comment is not processed
properly because of technical
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
difficulties, DOE will use this
information to contact you. If DOE
cannot read your comment due to
technical difficulties and cannot contact
you for clarification, DOE may not be
able to consider your comment.
However, your contact information
will be publicly viewable if you include
it in the comment itself or in any
documents attached to your comment.
Any information that you do not want
to be publicly viewable should not be
included in your comment, nor in any
document attached to your comment.
Otherwise, persons viewing comments
will see only first and last names,
organization names, correspondence
containing comments, and any
documents submitted with the
comments.
Do not submit to www.regulations.gov
information for which disclosure is
restricted by statute, such as trade
secrets and commercial or financial
information (hereinafter referred to as
Confidential Business Information
(CBI)). Comments submitted through
www.regulations.gov cannot be claimed
as CBI. Comments received through the
Web site will waive any CBI claims for
the information submitted. For
information on submitting CBI, see the
Confidential Business Information
section.
DOE processes submissions made
through www.regulations.gov before
posting. Normally, comments will be
posted within a few days of being
submitted. However, if large volumes of
comments are being processed
simultaneously, your comment may not
be viewable for up to several weeks.
Please keep the comment tracking
number that www.regulations.gov
provides after you have successfully
uploaded your comment.
Submitting comments via email, hand
delivery/courier, or mail. Comments and
documents submitted via email, hand
delivery/courier, or mail also will be
posted to www.regulations.gov. If you
do not want your personal contact
information to be publicly viewable, do
not include it in your comment or any
accompanying documents. Instead,
provide your contact information in a
cover letter. Include your first and last
names, email address, telephone
number, and optional mailing address.
The cover letter will not be publicly
viewable as long as it does not include
any comments.
Include contact information each time
you submit comments, data, documents,
and other information to DOE. If you
submit via mail or hand delivery/
courier, please provide all items on a
CD, if feasible, in which case it is not
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
necessary to submit printed copies. No
telefacsimiles (faxes) will be accepted.
Comments, data, and other
information submitted to DOE
electronically should be provided in
PDF (preferred), Microsoft Word or
Excel, WordPerfect, or text (ASCII) file
format. Provide documents that are not
secured, written in English, and are free
of any defects or viruses. Documents
should not contain special characters or
any form of encryption and, if possible,
they should carry the electronic
signature of the author.
Campaign form letters. Please submit
campaign form letters by the originating
organization in batches of between 50 to
500 form letters per PDF or as one form
letter with a list of supporters’ names
compiled into one or more PDFs. This
reduces comment processing and
posting time.
Confidential Business Information.
Pursuant to 10 CFR 1004.11, any person
submitting information that he or she
believes to be confidential and exempt
by law from public disclosure should
submit via email, postal mail, or hand
delivery/courier two well-marked
copies: One copy of the document
marked ‘‘confidential’’ including all the
information believed to be confidential,
and one copy of the document marked
‘‘non-confidential’’ with the information
believed to be confidential deleted.
Submit these documents via email or on
a CD, if feasible. DOE will make its own
determination about the confidential
status of the information and treat it
according to its determination.
Factors of interest to DOE when
evaluating requests to treat submitted
information as confidential include: (1)
A description of the items; (2) whether
and why such items are customarily
treated as confidential within the
industry; (3) whether the information is
generally known by or available from
other sources; (4) whether the
information has previously been made
available to others without obligation
concerning its confidentiality; (5) an
explanation of the competitive injury to
the submitting person which would
result from public disclosure; (6) when
such information might lose its
confidential character due to the
passage of time; and (7) why disclosure
of the information would be contrary to
the public interest.
It is DOE’s policy that all comments
may be included in the public docket,
without change and as received,
including any personal information
provided in the comments (except
information deemed to be exempt from
public disclosure).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
B. Issues on Which DOE Seeks Comment
Although DOE welcomes comments
on any aspect of this proposal, DOE is
particularly interested in receiving
comments and views of interested
parties concerning the following issues:
1. DOE requests comment on its
proposal to align AEDM validation
requirements for WICF refrigeration
equipment to the validation
requirements for commercial HVAC,
refrigeration, and WH equipment.
2. DOE requests comment on the
following tolerances for WICF AEDMs.
For energy consumption metrics, the
AEDM result for a model must be equal
to or greater than 95 percent of the
tested results for that same model. For
energy efficiency metrics, the AEDM
results for a model must be less than or
equal to 105 percent of the tested results
for that same model.
3. DOE seeks comment regarding the
proposed requirement imposed on the
manufacturer to re-certify any basic
model with test data, including test data
provided by DOE, in the case of a model
failing to meet its AEDM rating.
4. DOE requests comment on its
proposal to not require re-validation of
an AEDM upon every change in a
federal conservation standard or test
procedure, but retain discretion to
evaluate each case individually and
require re-validation on a case-by-case
basis in the NOPR upon issuance of a
final standard rule or test procedure.
5. DOE requests comment on whether
90 days is an appropriate amount of
time to complete the re-validation, rerating and re-certification steps for cases
where they are necessary for AEDMs.
6. DOE requests comment on its
proposal to allow unit coolers and
condensing units to be rated separately,
and particularly the nominal values
described in Table III.6.
7. DOE seeks comment on its nominal
values for calculating electric defrost
power and heat load in the absence of
a full defrost test or for an individual
condensing unit. DOE also seeks
comment on its nominal values for
calculating hot gas defrost power and
heat load. The nominal values may be
found in sections III. B. 1. and III. B. 2.
8. DOE requests comment on its
proposed amendments and
clarifications to the test procedure;
specifically (but not limited to) its
modifications to the off-cycle evaporator
fan test (section III. B. 3.), temperature
measurement (section III. B. 5.),
refrigerant line insulation (section III. B.
7.), and composition analysis (section
III. B. 8.).
9. DOE asks whether the proposed
requirement to remove facers or
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9841
protective skins from panels before
measuring thermal resistance is
appropriate.
10. DOE asks whether the proposed
requirement that a test sample for panel
thermal resistance measurement be 1
inch in thickness and from the center of
a WICF panel is appropriate.
11. DOE asks whether the tolerances
specified for flatness (+/¥0.03) and
parallelism (.030 inches) for WICF
panels before measuring thermal
resistance are appropriate and
sufficient.
12. DOE asks whether a tolerance of
±1 degree Fahrenheit for mean
temperature during thermal resistance
measurement is appropriate and
sufficient.
13. DOE asks whether a 48-hour
period after cutting the WICF panel for
measuring thermal resistance is
appropriate and sufficient,
14. DOE requests comment on its
proposal to remove the test procedures
in 10 CFR 431, Appendix A to Subpart
R that reference ASTM C1363–05 and
DIN EN 13164/13165 and their
accompanying calculation procedures,
leaving only ASTM C518–04 testing in
10 CFR 431.304 for establishing the
thermal resistance of WICF panels.
15. DOE asks whether the surface heat
transfer coefficients prescribed by NFRC
100[E0A1] are appropriate.
VI. Approval of the Office of the
Secretary
The Secretary of Energy has approved
publication of today’s notice of
proposed rulemaking.
List of Subjects
10 CFR Part 429
Administrative practice and
procedure, Confidential business
information, Energy conservation,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
10 CFR Part 431
Administrative practice and
procedure, Confidential business
information, Energy conservation,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Issued in Washington, DC, on February 7,
2014.
Kathleen B. Hogan,
Deputy Assistant Secretary for Energy
Efficiency, Energy Efficiency and Renewable
Energy.
For the reasons stated in the
preamble, DOE is proposing to amend
parts 429 and 431 of Chapter II,
Subchapter D of Title 10, Code of
Federal Regulations, as set forth below:
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
and, x is the sample mean; n is the
number of samples; and xi is the ith
sample; Or,
(ii) The upper 95 percent confidence
limit (UCL) of the true mean divided by
1.05, where:
And x is the sample mean; s is the
sample standard deviation; n is the
number of samples; and t0.95 is the t
statistic for a 95% one-tailed confidence
interval with n–1 degrees of freedom
(from Appendix A to subpart B). And,
(2) Any represented value of energy
efficiency or other measure of energy
consumption of a basic model for which
consumers would favor higher values
shall be less than or equal to the lower
of:
(i) The mean of the sample, where:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
And, x is the sample mean; n is the
number of samples; and xi is the ith
sample; Or,
(ii) The lower 95 percent confidence
limit (LCL) of the true mean divided by
0.95, where:
And x is the sample mean; s is the
sample standard deviation; n is the
number of samples; and t0.95 is the t
statistic for a 95% one-tailed confidence
interval with n–1 degrees of freedom
(from Appendix A to subpart B).
(b) Certification reports. (1) Except
that § 429.12(b)(6) applies to the
certified component, the requirements
of § 429.12 are applicable to
manufacturers of the components of
walk-in coolers and freezers (WICFs)
listed in paragraph (b)(2) of this section,
and;
(2) Pursuant to § 429.12(b)(13), a
certification report shall include the
following public product-specific
information:
(i) For WICF doors: The door type, Rvalue of the door insulation, and a
declaration that the manufacturer has
incorporated the applicable design
requirements. In addition, for those
WICFs with transparent reach-in doors
and windows: The glass type of the
doors and windows (e.g., double-pane
with heat reflective treatment, triplepane glass with gas fill), and the power
draw of the antisweat heater in watts
per square foot of door opening.
(ii) For WICF panels: The R-value of
the insulation (except for glazed
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
EP20FE14.010
And x is the sample mean; s is the
sample standard deviation; n is the
number of samples; and t0.95 is the t
statistic for a 95% one-tailed confidence
interval with n–1 degrees of freedom
(from Appendix A to subpart B).
(ii) Alternative efficiency
determination methods. In lieu of
testing, a represented value of efficiency
or consumption for a basic model of a
walk-in cooler or freezer refrigeration
system must be determined through the
application of an AEDM pursuant to the
requirements of § 429.70 and the
provisions of this section, where:
(A) Any represented value of energy
consumption or other measure of energy
use of a basic model for which
consumers would favor lower values
shall be greater than or equal to the
output of the AEDM and less than or
equal to the Federal standard for that
basic model; and
(B) Any represented value of energy
efficiency or other measure of energy
consumption of a basic model for which
consumers would favor higher values
shall be less than or equal to the output
of the AEDM and greater than or equal
to the Federal standard for that basic
model.
(2) WICF components other than
those specified in (a)(1) of this
subsection.
(i) Units to be tested.
(A) If the represented value for a given
basic model is determined through
testing, the general requirements of
§ 429.11 apply; and
(B) For each basic model selected for
testing, a sample of sufficient size shall
be randomly selected and tested to
ensure that—
(1) Any represented value of energy
consumption or other measure of energy
use of a basic model for which
consumers would favor lower values
shall be greater than or equal to the
higher of:
(i) The mean of the sample, where:
EP20FE14.009
(a) Determination of represented
value.
(1) Refrigeration equipment:
Manufacturers shall determine the
represented value, which includes the
certified rating, for each basic model of
walk-in cooler or freezer refrigeration
equipment, either by testing, in
conjunction with the applicable
sampling provisions, or by applying an
AEDM.
(i) Units to be tested.
(A) If the represented value for a given
basic model is determined through
testing, the general requirements of
§ 429.11 apply; and
(B) For each basic model selected for
testing, a sample of sufficient size shall
be randomly selected and tested to
ensure that—
(1) Any represented value of energy
consumption or other measure of energy
use of a basic model for which
consumers would favor lower values
shall be greater than or equal to the
higher of:
(i) The mean of the sample, where:
EP20FE14.008
§ 429.53 Walk-in coolers and walk-in
freezers.
And x is the sample mean; s is the
sample standard deviation; n is the
number of samples; and t0.95 is the t
statistic for a 95% one-tailed confidence
interval with n–1 degrees of freedom
(from Appendix A to subpart B). And,
(2) Any represented value of energy
efficiency or other measure of energy
consumption of a basic model for which
consumers would favor higher values
shall be less than or equal to the lower
of:
(i) The mean of the sample, where:
EP20FE14.007
2. Section 429.53 is revised to read as
follows:
EP20FE14.006
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291–6317.
■
EP20FE14.005
1. The authority citation for part 429
continues to read as follows:
■
And, x is the sample mean; n is the
number of samples; and xi is the ith
sample; Or,
(ii) The lower 95 percent confidence
limit (LCL) of the true mean divided by
0.95, where:
and, x is the sample mean; n is the
number of samples; and xi is the ith
sample; Or,
(ii) The upper 95 percent confidence
limit (UCL) of the true mean divided by
1.05, where:
EP20FE14.004
PART 429—CERTIFICATION,
COMPLIANCE, AND ENFORCEMENT
FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS AND
COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL
EQUIPMENT
EP20FE14.003
9842
9843
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
portions of the doors or structural
members)
(iii) For WICF refrigeration systems:
The motor purpose (i.e., evaporator fan
motor or condenser fan motor), the
horsepower, and a declaration that the
manufacturer has incorporated the
applicable design requirements.
■ 3. Section 429.70 is amended by
adding paragraph (f) to read as follows:
§ 429.70 Alternative methods for
determining energy efficiency or energy
use.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Alternative efficiency
determination method (AEDM) for walkin refrigeration equipment.
(1) Criteria an AEDM must satisfy. A
manufacturer may not apply an AEDM
to a basic model to determine its
efficiency pursuant to this section
unless:
(i) The AEDM is derived from a
mathematical model that estimates the
energy efficiency or energy
consumption characteristics of the basic
model as measured by the applicable
DOE test procedure;
(ii) The AEDM is based on
engineering or statistical analysis,
computer simulation or modeling, or
other analytic evaluation of performance
data; and
(iii) The manufacturer has validated
the AEDM, in accordance with
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(2) Validation of an AEDM. Before
using an AEDM, the manufacturer must
validate the AEDM’s accuracy and
reliability as follows:
(i) The manufacturer must select at
least the minimum number of basic
models for each validation class
specified in paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of this
section to which the particular AEDM
applies. Using the AEDM, calculate the
energy use or energy efficiency for each
of the selected basic models. Test a
single unit of each basic model in
accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of
this section. Compare the results from
the single unit test and the AEDM
output according to paragraph (f)(2)(ii)
of this section. The manufacturer is
responsible for ensuring the accuracy
and repeatability of the AEDM.
(ii) Individual Model Tolerances:
(A) The predicted efficiency for each
model calculated by applying the AEDM
may not be more than five percent
greater than the efficiency determined
from the corresponding test of the
model.
(B) The predicted energy efficiency
for each model calculated by applying
the AEDM must meet or exceed the
applicable federal energy conservation
standard.
(iii) Additional Test Unit
Requirements:
(A) Each AEDM must be supported by
test data obtained from physical tests of
current models; and
(B) Test results used to validate the
AEDM must meet or exceed current,
applicable Federal standards as
specified in part 431 of this chapter;
(C) Each test must have been
performed in accordance with the
applicable DOE test procedure with
which compliance is required at the
time the basic model is distributed in
commerce; and
(D) For a mismatched WICF
refrigeration system, an AEDM may not
simulate or model portions of the
system that are not required to be tested
by the DOE test procedure. That is, if
the test results used to validate the
AEDM are for either a unit cooler only
or a condensing unit only, the AEDM
must estimate the system rating using
the nominal values specified in the DOE
test procedure for the other part of the
refrigeration system.
(iv) WICF Refrigeration Validation
Classes
Minimum number of distinct
models that must be tested
Validation class
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Dedicated Condensing, Medium Temperature, Indoor System .....................................................................................
Dedicated Condensing, Medium Temperature, Outdoor System ..................................................................................
Dedicated Condensing, Low Temperature, Indoor System ...........................................................................................
Dedicated Condensing, Low Temperature, Outdoor System ........................................................................................
Unit Cooler connected to a Multiplex Condensing Unit, Medium Temperature ............................................................
Unit Cooler connected to a Multiplex Condensing Unit, Low Temperature ...................................................................
Medium Temperature, Indoor Condensing Unit .............................................................................................................
Medium Temperature, Outdoor Condensing Unit ..........................................................................................................
Low Temperature, Indoor Condensing Unit ...................................................................................................................
Low Temperature, Outdoor Condensing Unit ................................................................................................................
(3) AEDM Records Retention
Requirements. If a manufacturer has
used an AEDM to determine
representative values pursuant to this
section, the manufacturer must have
available upon request for inspection by
the Department records showing:
(i) The AEDM, including the
mathematical model, the engineering or
statistical analysis, and/or computer
simulation or modeling that is the basis
of the AEDM;
(ii) Equipment information, complete
test data, AEDM calculations, and the
statistical comparisons from the units
tested that were used to validate the
AEDM pursuant to paragraph (f)(2) of
this section; and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
(iii) Equipment information and
AEDM calculations for each basic model
to which the AEDM has been applied.
(4) Additional AEDM Requirements. If
requested by the Department the
manufacturer must perform at least one
of the following:
(i) Conduct simulations before
representatives of the Department to
predict the performance of particular
basic models of the product to which
the AEDM was applied;
(ii) Provide analyses of previous
simulations conducted by the
manufacturer; or
(iii) Conduct certification testing of
basic models selected by the
Department.
(5) AEDM Verification Testing. DOE
may use the test data for a given
individual model generated pursuant to
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Models.
Models.
Models.
Models.
Models.
Models.
Models.
Models.
Models.
Models.
§ 429.104 to verify the certified rating
determined by an AEDM as long as the
following process is followed:
(i) Selection of units: DOE will obtain
units for test from retail, where
available. If units cannot be obtained
from retail, DOE will request that a unit
be provided by the manufacturer.
(ii) Lab Requirements: DOE will
conduct testing at an independent,
third-party testing facility of its
choosing. In cases where no third-party
laboratory is capable of testing the
equipment, it may be tested at a
manufacturer’s facility upon DOE’s
request.
(iii) Manufacturer Participation:
Testing will be performed without
manufacturer representatives on-site.
(iv) Testing: All verification testing
will be conducted in accordance with
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
9844
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Equipment
Metric
Applicable
tolerance
Refrigeration
systems (including components) ........
AWEF
5%
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
(vii) Invalid Rating: If, following
discussions with the manufacturer and
a retest where applicable, DOE
determines that the testing was
conducted appropriately in accordance
with the DOE test procedure, the rating
for the model will be considered
invalid. Pursuant to 10 CFR 429.13(b),
DOE may require a manufacturer to
conduct additional testing as a remedial
measure.
PART 431—ENERGY EFFICIENCY
PROGRAM FOR CERTAIN
COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL
EQUIPMENT
4. The authority citation for part 431
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291–6317.
■
5. Section 431.304 is amended by:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
a. Revising paragraphs (b)
introductory text, and (b)(3) through (6);
■ b. Adding paragraph (b)(7);
■ c. Revising paragraphs (c)
introductory text, and (c)(3) through (6);
■ d. Re-designating paragraphs (c)(7)
through (c)(10) as paragraphs (c)(8)
through (c)(11), respectively;
■ e. Adding new paragraph (c)(7);
■ f. Revising newly redesignated
paragraphs (c)(8) through (10);
■ g. Adding paragraph (c)(12).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
■
§ 431.304 Uniform test method for the
measurement of energy consumption of
walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) This paragraph (b) shall be used
for the purposes of certifying
compliance with the applicable energy
conservation standards of the R-value of
panels until January 1, 2015.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) For calculating the R value for
freezers, the K factor of the foam at 20
± 1 degrees Fahrenheit (average foam
temperature) shall be used.
(4) For calculating the R value for
coolers, the K factor of the foam at 55
± 1 degrees Fahrenheit (average foam
temperature) shall be used.
(5) Foam shall be tested after it is
produced in its final chemical form.
(For foam produced inside of a panel
(‘‘foam-in-place’’), ‘‘final chemical
form’’ means the foam is cured as
intended and ready for use as a finished
panel. For foam produced as board stock
(typically polystyrene), ‘‘final chemical
form’’ means after extrusion and ready
for assembly into a panel or after
assembly into a panel.) Foam from
foam-in-place panels must not include
any structural members or non-foam
materials. Foam produced as board
stock may be tested prior to its
incorporation into a final panel. A test
sample no more than one inch in
thickness must be taken from the center
of a panel (meaning, centered on a plane
half the distance between the surfaces
on which facers were attached) and any
protective skins or facers must be
removed. The two surfaces of the test
sample that will contact the hot plate
assemblies (as defined in ASTM C518)
must both maintain ±0.03 inches
flatness tolerance and also maintain
parallelism with respect to one another
within ±0.03 inches. Testing must be
completed within 48 hours of samples
being cut for testing.
(6) Internal non-foam member and/or
edge regions shall not be considered in
ASTM C518 testing.
(7) For panels consisting of two or
more layers of dissimilar insulating
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
materials (excluding facers or protective
skins), test each material as described in
paragraph (4). For a panel with n layers
of insulating material, the R-Value shall
be calculated as follows:
Where:
ki is the k factor of type i material as
measured by ASTM C518, and ti is the
thickness of type i material that appears
in the panel.
(c) This paragraph (c) shall be used for
any representations of energy efficiency
or energy use starting on October 12,
2011 and to certify compliance to the
energy conservation standards of the
R-value of panels on or after January 1,
2015.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) For calculating the R value for
freezers, the K factor of the foam at 20
± 1 degrees Fahrenheit (average foam
temperature) shall be used.
(4) For calculating the R value for
coolers, the K factor of the foam at 55
± 1 degrees Fahrenheit (average foam
temperature) shall be used.
(5) Foam shall be tested after it is
produced in its final chemical form.
(For foam produced inside of a panel
(‘‘foam-in-place’’), ‘‘final chemical
form’’ means the foam is cured as
intended and ready for use as a finished
panel. For foam produced as board stock
(typically polystyrene), ‘‘final chemical
form’’ means after extrusion and ready
for assembly into a panel or after
assembly into a panel.) Foam from
foam-in-place panels must not include
any structural members or non-foam
materials. Foam produced as board
stock may be tested prior to its
incorporation into a final panel. A test
sample no more than one inch in
thickness must be taken from the center
of a panel (meaning, centered on a plane
half the distance between the surfaces
on which facers were attached) and any
protective skins or facers must be
removed. The two surfaces of the test
sample that will contact the hot plate
assemblies (as defined in ASTM C518)
must both maintain ±0.03 inches
flatness tolerance and also maintain
parallelism with respect to one another
within ±0.03 inches. Testing must be
completed within 48 hours of samples
being cut for testing.
(6) Internal non-foam member and/or
edge regions shall not be considered in
ASTM C518 testing.
(7) For panels consisting of two or
more layers of dissimilar insulating
materials (excluding facers or protective
skins), test each material as described in
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
EP20FE14.011
the applicable DOE test procedure, as
well as each of the following to the
extent that they apply:
(A) Any active test procedure waivers
that have been granted for the basic
model;
(B) Any test procedure guidance that
has been issued by DOE;
(C) If during test set-up or testing, the
lab indicates to DOE that it needs
additional information regarding a given
basic model in order to test in
accordance with the applicable DOE test
procedure, DOE may organize a meeting
between DOE, the manufacturer and the
lab to provide such information.
(D) At no time during the process may
the lab communicate directly with the
manufacturer without DOE present.
(v) Failure to meet certified rating: If
a model tests worse than its certified
rating by an amount exceeding the
tolerance prescribed in paragraph
(f)(5)(vi) of this section, DOE will notify
the manufacturer. DOE will provide the
manufacturer with all documentation
related to the test set up, test conditions,
and test results for the unit. Within the
timeframe allotted by DOE, the
manufacturer may then present all
claims regarding testing validity.
(vi) Tolerances:
(A) For consumption metrics, the
result from a DOE verification test must
be less than or equal to the certified
rating × (1 + the applicable tolerance).
(B) For efficiency metrics, the result
from a DOE verification test must be
greater than or equal to the certified
rating × (1 ¥ the applicable tolerance).
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
paragraph (4). For a panel with n layers
of insulating material, the R-Value shall
be calculated as follows:
Where:
ki is the k factor of type i material as
measured by ASTM C518, and
ti is the thickness of type i material that
appears in the panel.
(8) Determine the U-factor,
conduction load, and energy use of
walk-in cooler and walk-in freezer
display panels by conducting the test
procedure set forth in appendix A to
this subpart section 4.1.
(9) Determine the energy use of walkin cooler and walk-in freezer display
doors and non-display doors by
conducting the test procedure set forth
in appendix A to this subpart, sections
4.4 and 4.5, respectively.
(10) Determine the Annual Walk-in
Energy Factor of walk-in cooler and
walk-in freezer refrigeration systems by
conducting the test procedure set forth
in AHRI 1250 (incorporated by
reference; see § 431.303), with the
following modifications:
(i) In Table 2, Test Operating and Test
Condition Tolerances for Steady-State
Test, electrical power frequency shall
have a Test Condition Tolerance of 1
percent. Also, refrigerant temperature
measurements shall have a tolerance of
+/¥0.5F for unit cooler in/out, +/¥1.0F
for all others temperature
measurements.
Where:
DFd = the defrost energy, in W-h, at the dry
coil condition
DFf = the defrost energy, in W-h, at the
frosted coil condition
NDF = the number of defrosts per day
(ii) In Table 2, the Test Operating
Tolerances and Test Condition
Tolerances for Air Leaving
Temperatures shall be deleted.
(iii) In Table 2, The Test Condition
Tolerance for Outdoor Wet Bulb
Temperature of 0.3 applies only to units
with evaporative cooling.
(iv) In section C3.1.6, refrigerant
temperature measurements upstream
and downstream of the unit cooler may
use sheathed sensors immersed in the
flowing refrigerant instead of
thermometer wells.
(v) In section C3.5, for a given motor
winding configuration, the total power
input shall be measured at the highest
nameplate voltage. For three-phase
power, voltage imbalances shall be no
more than 2 percent from phase to
phase.
(vi) In the test setup (section C8.3),
the condenser and unit cooler shall be
connected by pipes of the manufacturer
specified size. The pipe lines shall be
insulated with a minimum total thermal
resistance equivalent to 1⁄2″ thick
insulation having a flat-surface R-Value
of 3.7 ft2-°F-hr/Btu per inch or greater.
Flow meters need not be insulated but
must not be in contact with the floor.
The lengths of each of the connected
liquid line and suction line shall be 25
feet, not including the requisite flow
meters. Of this length, no more than 15
feet shall be in the conditioned space.
In the case that there are multiple
branches of piping, the maximum length
of piping applies to each branch
QDF = x NDF
9845
individually as opposed to the total
length of the piping.
(vii) In section C3.4.5, for verification
of sub-cooling downstream of mass flow
meters, only the sight glass and a
temperature sensor located on the tube
surface under the insulation are
required.
(viii) Delete section C3.3.6.
(ix) In section C11.1, to determine
frost load defrost conditions, the Frost
Load Conditions Defrost Test (C11.1.1)
is optional. If the frost load test is not
performed, the frost load defrost DFf
shall be equal to 1.05 times the dry coil
energy consumption DFd measured
using the dry coil condition test in
section C11.1 and the number of
defrosts per day NDF shall be set to 4.
(x) In section C11.2, if the system has
an adaptive or demand defrost system,
the optional test may be run as specified
to establish the number of defrosts per
day under dry coil conditions and this
number shall be averaged with the
number of defrosts per day calculated
under the frost load conditions. If the
system has an adaptive or demand
defrost system and the optional test is
not run, the number of defrosts per day
NDF shall be set to the average of 1 and
the number of defrosts per day
calculated under the frost load
conditions (section (c)(8)(ix)).
(xi) In section C11.3, if the frost load
test is not performed, the daily
contribution of the load attributed to
defrost QDF in Btu shall be calculated as
follows:
if no instructions, shall be set to 4) for
units without adaptive defrost and 2.5
for units with adaptive defrost
Off-cycle evaporator fan test. Upon
the completion of the steady state test
for walk-in systems, the compressors of
the walk-in systems shall be turned off.
The unit coolers fans’ power
consumption shall be measured in
accordance with the requirements in
Section C 3.5. Off-cycle fan power shall
be equal to on-cycle fan power unless
evaporator fans are controlled by a
qualifying control. Qualifying
evaporator fan controls shall have a user
adjustable method of destratifying air
during the off-cycle including but not
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
EP20FE14.013
(xiii) In section C3.4.6, for units with
integrated oil separators, the ratio of oil
to refrigerants can be assumed to be less
than 1% without the need for
confirmatory testing.
(xiv) Section C10 shall be revised to
read:
EP20FE14.014
For unit coolers connected to a
multiplex system: The defrost energy,
DF, in W-h = 0.
For dedicated condensing systems or
condensing units tested separately:
EP20FE14.012
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
(xii) In section C11, if the unit utilizes
hot gas defrost, QDF and DF shall be
calculated as follows:
Where:
Qref = Gross refrigeration capacity in Btu/h as
measured at the high ambient condition
(90 °F for indoor systems and 95 °F for
outdoor systems)
NDF = Number of defrosts per day; shall be
set to the number recommended in the
installation instructions for the unit (or
9846
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
limited to: adjustable fan speed control
or periodic ‘‘stir cycles.’’ Controls shall
be adjusted so that the greater of a 50%
duty cycle or the manufacturer default
is used for measuring off-cycle fan
energy. For variable speed controls, the
greater of 50% fan speed or the
manufacturer’s default fan speed shall
be used for measuring off-cycle fan
energy. When a cyclic control is used at
least three full ‘‘stir cycles’’ are
measured.
(xv) Table 15 and Table 16 are
modified as follows:
TABLE 15—REFRIGERATOR UNIT COOLER
Unit cooler
air entering
dry-bulb, °F
Unit cooler
air entering
relative
humidity, %
Off Cycle Fan
Power.
35
Refrigeration Capacity Suction
A.
Refrigeration Capacity Suction
B.
Test description
Saturated
suction
temp,
°F
Liquid inlet
saturation
temp, °F
Liquid inlet
subcooling,
°F
Compressor
capacity
Outlet
superheat,
°F
<50
....................
....................
....................
Compressor Off
....................
35
<50
25
105
9
Compressor On
6.5
35
<50
20
105
9
Compressor On
6.5
Test objective
Measure fan
input power
during compressor off
cycle.
Determine Net
Refrigeration
Capacity of
Unit Cooler.
Determine Net
Refrigeration
Capacity of
Unit Cooler.
TABLE 16—FREEZER UNIT COOLER
Unit cooler
air entering
dry-bulb, °F
Unit cooler
air entering
relative
humidity, %
Saturated
suction
temp,
°F
Liquid inlet
saturation
temp, °F
Liquid inlet
subcooling,
°F
Compressor
capacity
Outlet
superheat,
°F
Off Cycle Fan
Power.
¥10
<50
....................
....................
....................
Compressor Off
....................
Refrigeration Capacity Suction
A.
¥10
<50
25
105
9
Compressor On
6.5
Refrigeration Capacity Suction
B.
¥10
<50
20
105
9
Compressor On
6.5
Defrost ...............
¥10
(1)
....................
....................
....................
Compressor Off
....................
Test description
Test objective
Measure fan
input power
during compressor off
cycle.
Determine Net
Refrigeration
Capacity of
Unit Cooler.
Determine Net
Refrigeration
Capacity of
Unit Cooler.
Test according
to Appendix C
Section C11.
1 Various.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
*
*
*
*
*
(12) Rating of walk-in cooler and
freezer refrigeration system components
sold separately
(i) A unit cooler, if sold separately,
shall be rated using the method for
testing a unit cooler connected to a
multiplex condensing system.
(ii) A condensing unit, if sold
separately, shall be rated using the
following nominal values:
Saturated suction temperature at the
evaporator coil exit Tevap (°F) = 25
for coolers and ¥20 for freezers
On-cycle evaporator fan power EFcomp,on
(W) = 0.016 W-h/Btu × qmix,cd (Btu/
h); where qmix,cd is the gross cooling
capacity at the highest ambient
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
rating condition (90 °F for indoor
units and 95 °F for outdoor units)
Off-cycle evaporator fan power EFcomp,off
(W) = 0.2 × EFcomp,on (W)
For medium temperature (cooler)
condensing units: Daily defrost
energy use DF (W-h) = 0 and daily
defrost heat load contribution QDF
(Btu) = 0
For low temperature (freezer)
condensing units without hot gas
defrost capability:
Daily defrost energy use DF (W-h) =
0.12 (W-h/cycle)/(Btu/h) × qmix,cd
(Btu/h) × NDF for freezers
Defrost heat load contribution QDF
(Btu) = 0.95 × DF (W-h)/3.412 Btu/
W-h
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
For low temperature (freezer)
condensing units with hot gas
defrost capability, DF and QDF shall
be calculated using the method in
paragraph (10)(xii) of this section.
The number of defrost cycles per day
(NDF) shall be set to the number
recommended in the installation
instructions for the unit (or if no
instructions, shall be set to 4) for
units without adaptive defrost and
2.5 for units with adaptive defrost.
(iii) Only fixed capacity condensing
units may be certified in this manner.
Multiple-capacity condensing units
must be rated and certified as part of a
matched system.
■ 6. Appendix A to Subpart R of part
431 is amended by:
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 / Proposed Rules
a. Removing and reserving sections
4.2, 4.3, 5.1, and 5.2;
■ b. Revising paragraph 5.3(a)(1);
■ c. Removing in paragraph 5.3(a)(2) the
word ‘‘Internal’’ and adding in its place
the words ‘‘Cold-side’’; and
■ d. Removing in paragraph 5.3(a)(3) the
word ‘‘External’’ and adding in its place
the words ‘‘Warm-side’’.
The revision reads as follows:
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
■
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:16 Feb 19, 2014
Jkt 232001
Appendix A to Subpart R of Part 431—
Uniform Test Method for the
Measurement of Energy Consumption of
the Components of Envelopes of WalkIn Coolers and Walk-In Freezers
*
*
4.2
4.3
*
*
5.1
5.2
PO 00000
*
*
*
[Removed and Reserved]
[Removed and Reserved]
*
*
*
[Removed and Reserved]
[Removed and Reserved]
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
9847
5.3 * * *
(a) * * *
(1) The average surface heat transfer
coefficient on the cold-side of the apparatus
shall be 30 Watts per square-meter-Kelvin
(W/m2*K) ± 5%. The average surface heat
transfer coefficient on the warm-side of the
apparatus shall be 7.7 Watts per squaremeter-Kelvin (W/m2*K) ± 5%.
*
*
*
*
*
[FR Doc. 2014–03101 Filed 2–19–14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
E:\FR\FM\20FEP3.SGM
20FEP3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 79, Number 34 (Thursday, February 20, 2014)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 9817-9847]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2014-03101]
[[Page 9817]]
Vol. 79
Thursday,
No. 34
February 20, 2014
Part III
Department of Energy
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
10 CFR Parts 429 and 431
Energy Conservation for Certain Industrial Equipment: Alternative
Efficiency Determination Methods and Test Procedures for Walk-In
Coolers and Walk-In Freezers; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 79 , No. 34 / Thursday, February 20, 2014 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 9818]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
10 CFR Parts 429 and 431
[Docket Number EERE-2011-BT-TP-0024]
RIN 1904-AC46
Energy Conservation for Certain Industrial Equipment: Alternative
Efficiency Determination Methods and Test Procedures for Walk-In
Coolers and Walk-In Freezers
AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of
Energy.
ACTION: Supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) proposes to revise its
existing regulations for walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers regarding
the use of methods other than testing for certifying compliance and
reporting ratings in accordance with energy conservation standards. DOE
also proposes clarifications its test procedures for this equipment.
DATES: Comments: DOE will accept comments, data, and information
regarding this supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking (SNOPR) no
later than March 24, 2014. See section V, ``Public Participation,'' for
details.
ADDRESSES: Interested persons are encouraged to submit comments using
the Federal eRulemaking Portal at www.regulations.gov. Alternatively,
interested persons may submit comments, identified by docket number
EERE-2011-BT-TP-0024 and/or RIN 1904-AC46, by any of the following
methods:
Email: AED-ARM-2011-TP-0024@ee.doe.gov. Include EERE-2011-
BT-TP-0024 and/or RIN 1904-AC46in the subject line of the message.
Submit electronic comments in WordPerfect, Microsoft Word, PDF, or
ASCII file format, and avoid the use of special characters or any form
of encryption.
Postal Mail: Ms. Brenda Edwards, U.S. Department of
Energy, Building Technologies Office, Mailstop EE-5B, 1000 Independence
Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585- 0121. If possible, please submit all
items on a compact disc (CD), in which case it is not necessary to
include printed copies.
Hand Delivery/Courier: Ms. Brenda Edwards, U.S. Department
of Energy, Building Technologies Office, 950 L'Enfant Plaza SW., 6th
Floor, Washington, DC 20024. Telephone: (202) 586-2945. If possible,
please submit all items on a CD, in which case it is not necessary to
include printed copies.
For detailed instructions on submitting comments and additional
information on the rulemaking process, see section V of this document
(Public Participation).
Docket: The docket is available for review at www.regulations.gov,
including Federal Register notices, public meeting attendee lists and
transcripts, comments, and other supporting documents/materials. All
documents in the docket are listed in the www.regulations.gov index.
However, not all documents listed in the index may be publicly
available, such as information that is exempt from public disclosure.
A link to the docket Web page can be found at: https://www.regulations.gov/#!docketDetail;D=EERE-2011-BT-TP-0024. This Web
page contains a link to the docket for this notice on the
www.regulations.gov site. The www.regulations.gov Web page contains
simple instructions on how to access all documents, including public
comments, in the docket. See section V, ``Public Participation,'' for
information on how to submit comments through www.regulations.gov.
For information on how to submit a comment or review other public
comments and the docket, contact Ms. Brenda Edwards at (202) 586-2945
or by email: Brenda.Edwards@ee.doe.gov.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ms. Ashley Armstrong, U.S. Department
of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building
Technologies Office, EE-5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington,
DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-6590. Email:
Ashley.Armstrong@ee.doe.gov.
Mr. Michael Kido, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General
Counsel, GC-71, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-
0121. Telephone: (202) 586-8145. Email: Michael.Kido@hq.doe.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Authority and Background
A. Authority
B. Background
1. Alternative Efficiency Determination Method
2. Test Procedures for WICF Refrigeration Equipment
3. Test Procedures and Prescriptive Requirements for WICF Foam
Panel R-Value
4. Performance-Based Test Procedures for Energy Consumption of
Envelope Components
II. Summary of the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
III. Discussion
A. Alternative Efficiency Determination Method
1. Applicable Equipment
2. Validation
a. Number of Tested Units Required for Validation
b. Tolerances for Validation
3. Certified Rating
4. Verification
a. Failure To Meet a Certified Rating
b. Action Following Enforcement Testing: Determination of
Noncompliance
5. Re-Validation
a. Change in Standards or Test Procedures
b. Re-Validation Using Active Models
c. Time Allowed for Re-Validation
B. Refrigeration Test Procedure
1. Rating of Refrigeration Components
2. Defrost Test
3. Refrigerant Oil Testing
4. Temperature Measurement
5. Test Condition Tolerances
6. Insulation
7. Composition Analysis
8. Piping Length
9. Other Clarifications and Modifications
C. Test Procedure for WICF Panel R-Value (ASTM C518-04)
D. Performance-Based Test Procedures for Walk-In Coolers and
Freezers
E. Compliance With Other EPCA Requirements
IV. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review
A. Review Under Executive Order 12866
B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act
C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government
Appropriations Act, 1999
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
J. Review Under Treasury and General Government Appropriations
Act, 2001
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
L. Review Under Section 32 of the Federal Energy Administration
Act of 1974
V. Public Participation
A. Submission of Comments
B. Issues on Which DOE Seeks Comment
VI. Approval of the Office of the Secretary
I. Authority and Background
A. Authority
Title III, Part C of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act of 1975
(``EPCA'' or ``the Act'', Pub. L. 94-163) sets forth a variety of
provisions designed to improve energy efficiency. The National Energy
Conservation Policy Act (``NECPA'', Pub. L. 95-619) amended EPCA and
established the energy conservation program for certain industrial
equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6311-6317) The Energy Independence and Security
Act of 2007 (``EISA 2007'') further amended EPCA to include, among
others, two types of industrial equipment that are the subject of
today's
[[Page 9819]]
notice: walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers (collectively, ``walk-
ins'' or ``WICFs''). (42 U.S.C. 6311(1)(G)) Walk-ins are enclosed
storage spaces of less than 3,000 square feet that can be walked into
and are refrigerated to temperatures above and at or below 32 degrees
Fahrenheit, respectively. (42 U.S.C. 6311(20)(A)) This term, by
statute, excludes equipment designed for medical, scientific, or
research purposes. (42 U.S.C. 6311(20)(B))
Under EPCA, the energy conservation program generally consists of
four parts: (1) Testing; (2) labeling; (3) establishing Federal energy
conservation standards; and (4) certification and enforcement
procedures. The testing requirements consist of test procedures that
manufacturers of covered equipment must use as the basis for making
representations about the efficiency of that equipment (42 U.S.C.
6314(d)), including those representations made to DOE that the covered
equipment complies with the applicable energy conservation standards
adopted pursuant to EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6316(h)) Similarly, DOE must use
these test requirements to determine whether the products comply with
the relevant energy conservation standards. (42 U.S.C. 6316(h)) For
certain consumer products and commercial and industrial equipment,
DOE's testing regulations currently allow manufacturers to use an
alternative efficiency determination method (AEDM), in lieu of actual
testing, to simulate the energy consumption or efficiency of certain
basic models of covered products and equipment under DOE's test
procedure conditions. As explained in further detail below, an AEDM is
a computer model or mathematical tool used to help determine the energy
efficiency of a particular basic model.
Under 42 U.S.C. 6314, EPCA sets forth the criteria and procedures
that DOE must follow when prescribing or amending test procedures for
covered products. EPCA provides, in relevant part, that any test
procedures prescribed or amended under this section must be reasonably
designed to produce test results that measure energy efficiency, energy
use, or estimated annual operating cost of a covered product during a
representative average use cycle or period of use, and must not be
unduly burdensome to conduct. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(2))
In addition, if DOE determines that a test procedure amendment is
warranted, it must publish proposed test procedures and offer the
public an opportunity to present oral and written comments on them. (42
U.S.C. 6314(b)(2)) Finally, in any rulemaking to amend a test
procedure, DOE must determine the extent to which the proposed
procedure would alter the equipment's measured energy efficiency. If
DOE determines that the amended procedure would alter that equipment's
measured energy efficiency, DOE must amend the applicable energy
conservation standard accordingly. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(6)(D).
B. Background
1. Alternative Efficiency Determination Method
As briefly noted above, AEDMs are computer modeling or mathematical
tools that predict the performance of non-tested basic models. They are
derived from mathematical models and engineering principles that govern
the energy efficiency and energy consumption characteristics of a type
of covered equipment. These computer modeling and mathematical tools,
when properly developed, can provide a relatively straightforward and
reasonably accurate means to predict the energy usage or efficiency
characteristics of a basic model of a given covered equipment type.
These tools can be useful in reducing a manufacturer's testing burden.
Where authorized by regulation, AEDMs enable manufacturers to rate
and certify their basic models by using the projected energy use or
energy efficiency results derived from these simulation models. DOE
currently permits manufacturers of certain expensive or highly
customized equipment to use AEDMs when rating and certifying their
equipment.
DOE believes other similar equipment that must currently be rated
and certified through testing, such as walk-in refrigeration systems,
could also be rated and certified through the use of computer or
mathematical modeling. Consequently, to examine whether AEDM usage
would be appropriate for walk-in refrigeration systems, DOE sought
comment on this topic and other related issues in a Request for
Information (RFI), which was published in the Federal Register on April
18, 2011. 76 FR 21673.
DOE subsequently issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NOPR),
which was published in the Federal Register on May 31, 2012 (May 2012
NOPR), that proposed to expand and revise DOE's existing AEDM
requirements for certain commercial equipment covered under EPCA. 77 FR
32038. Specifically, the May 2012 NOPR proposed to allow manufacturers
of walk-in refrigeration systems to use AEDMs when certifying the
energy use or energy efficiency of basic models of equipment in lieu of
testing. Id.
Subsequent to the May 2012 NOPR's publication, the Appliance
Standards and Rulemaking Federal Advisory Committee (ASRAC) unanimously
decided to form a working group to engage in a negotiated rulemaking
effort on the certification of commercial HVAC, WH, and refrigeration
equipment. During the Working Group's first meeting on April 30, 2013,
Working Group members voted to expand the scope of the negotiated
rulemaking efforts to include developing methods of estimating
equipment performance based on AEDM simulations for commercial HVAC,
WH, and refrigeration equipment. The issues discussed by the various
participants during the negotiations with DOE were similar to those
raised by the commenters in response to the May 2012 NOPR, which
included AEDM validation and DOE verification of ratings derived using
an AEDM. DOE adopted the Working Group's AEDM recommendation for
commercial HVAC, WH, and refrigeration equipment in a Final Rule
published in the Federal Register on December 31, 2013. 78 FR 79579.
DOE notes that neither the Working Group nor the December 2013 final
rule addressed the use of AEDMs for WICF refrigeration systems.
This supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking (SNOPR) proposes to
align DOE's AEDM regulations by allowing the use of AEDMs when
certifying the energy efficiency performance of walk-in refrigeration
equipment in a manner similar to that which was recently established
for commercial HVAC, refrigeration, and WH equipment. This approach,
which was recommended by the Working Group, would help DOE establish a
uniform, systematic, and fair approach to the use of these types of
modeling techniques that will enable DOE to ensure that products in the
marketplace are correctly rated--irrespective of whether they are
subject to actual physical testing or are rated using modeling--without
unnecessarily burdening regulated entities.
2. Test Procedures for WICF Refrigeration Equipment
The refrigeration system performs the mechanical work necessary to
cool the interior space of a walk-in. The system typically comprises
two separate primary components, a condenser/compressor (``condensing
unit'') and an expansion valve/evaporator (``unit cooler''). DOE's
regulations at 10 CFR 431.304, Uniform test method for the measurement
of energy consumption of walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers,
[[Page 9820]]
incorporate by reference AHRI Standard 1250-2009, ``2009 Standard for
Performance Rating of Walk-in Coolers and Freezers'' (AHRI 1250) as the
testing method for walk-in refrigeration systems. 10 CFR 431.304(b)(9).
AHRI 1250 establishes methods to follow when testing a complete
refrigeration system (the ``matched system'' test), as well as separate
methods to use for testing the unit cooler and condensing unit of a
refrigeration system individually and then calculating a combined
system rating (the ``mix-match'' test). AHRI 1250 also contains
standard rating conditions for cooler and freezer systems; systems
where the condenser is located either indoors or outdoors; and systems
with single-speed, two-speed, or variable-speed compressors. AHRI 1250
also establishes a method for testing and rating unit coolers that are
connected to a multiplex condensing system such as may be found in a
supermarket. The rating produced by the AHRI 1250 test procedure is an
annual walk-in energy factor (AWEF), defined as ``a ratio of the total
heat, not including the heat generated by the operation of
refrigeration systems, removed, in Btu [British thermal units], from a
walk-in box during one year period of usage for refrigeration to the
total energy input of refrigeration systems, in watt-hours, during the
same period.'' AHRI 1250, at sec. 3.1.
In addition to these activities, DOE recently proposed energy
conservation standards for walk-ins. See 78 FR 55782 (Sept. 11, 2013)
(September 2013 standards NOPR). In that notice, DOE proposed standards
for complete walk-in refrigeration systems that would require the
ratings for the refrigeration system be derived using either the
matched system or mix-match tests described above. DOE also proposed
standards for unit coolers connected to a multiplex system, based on
the unit cooler rating method described above. Responding to the NOPR,
several interested parties discussed the concept of establishing
separate standards for the unit cooler and condensing unit of a walk-
in. In light of that discussion, and of the fact that the unit coolers
and condensing units are often sold separately and in many cases are
produced by different manufacturers, and that AHRI 1250 includes
individual test methods for both components (i.e. the mix-match test
method), DOE is proposing in this SNOPR to adopt a methodology that
would require the manufacturer of either the unit cooler or condensing
unit, if sold separately, to test and certify compliance with DOE's
standards and when making representations of the WICF refrigeration
system. Manufacturers of a complete WICF refrigeration system may
continue to develop a system rating for the purposes of certifying
compliance with DOE's standards and making representations of the WICF
refrigeration system.
Furthermore, in reviewing AHRI 1250 and conducting limited testing
on a WICF refrigeration system at a third-party laboratory to
investigate the AEDM validation approach, DOE discovered several issues
in the refrigeration test procedures that would require clarification
and/or create unnecessary test burden. To simplify the procedure and to
clarify certain aspects, DOE is also proposing to provide alternate
language to certain requirements contained in AHRI 1250 that DOE's test
procedure currently incorporates by reference.
3. Sampling Plan
In order to determine a certified rating for certifying compliance
or making energy use representations, DOE requires manufacturers to
test each basic model in accordance with the applicable DOE test
procedure and apply the sampling plan. In today's notice, DOE is
proposing a sampling plan for walk-ins consistent with other commercial
equipment regulated under EPCA.
4. Test Procedures and Prescriptive Requirements for WICF Foam Panel R-
Value
EPCA mandates prescriptive requirements for the thermal resistance
of walk-in panels; wall, ceiling, and doors must have an insulation
value of at least R-25 for coolers and R-32 for freezers. (42 U.S.C.
6313(f)(1)(C)) EPCA also requires the use of ASTM C518-04, Standard
Test Method for Thermal Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by
Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus (``ASTM C518-04'') to measure
the insulation thermal resistance. (42 U.S.C 6314(a)(9)(A)) The walk-in
test procedure at 10 CFR 431.304 incorporates ASTM C518-04 by
reference. This reference standard is the method by which the thermal
conductivity (the ``K factor'') of a walk-in panel is measured; the R-
value of the panel is then determined by multiplying 1/K (the
reciprocal of K) by the thickness of the panel. The R-value of a
freezer panel is determined at a mean insulation foam temperature of 20
degrees Fahrenheit and the R-value of a cooler panel is determined at a
mean insulation foam temperature of 55 degrees Fahrenheit. (42 U.S.C.
6314 (a)(9)(A)(iii) and (iv)) Manufacturers must currently use the test
procedure detailed in 10 CFR 431.304(b) when certifying compliance with
the panel energy conservation standards until January 1, 2015.
Manufacturers must use the procedure in 10 CFR 431.304(c) when making
representations of energy efficiency both currently and when certifying
compliance starting on January 1, 2015. DOE is proposing to modify the
test sample preparation procedures incorporated from ASTM C518-04 in
both procedures to improve measurement accuracy.
5. Performance-Based Test Procedures for Energy Consumption of Envelope
Components
In 10 CFR Part 431, Subpart R, Appendix A, DOE lays out a method
for measuring performance-based efficiency metrics for certain WICF
envelope components. This method draws from several existing industry
test methods by incorporating by reference ASTM C1363-05 Standard Test
Method for Thermal Performance of Building Materials and Envelope
Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus and Annex C Determination of
the aged values of thermal resistance and thermal conductivity from
both DIN EN 13164 and DIN EN 13165 (two European Union-developed
testing protocols) for measuring the energy consumption of WICF floor
and non-floor panels. Appendix A also incorporates NFRC 100-2010[E0A1]
Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors for
determining the energy use of walk-in display and non-display doors. In
today's notice, DOE is proposing to modify (1) the test procedures for
WICF floor and non-floor panels to address comments received from
stakeholders during the standards rulemaking and (2) the WICF display
and non-display door test procedure to improve the clarity of the test
method.
II. Summary of the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
Today's proposal comprises five key elements.
First, the Department proposes to allow WICF refrigeration system
manufacturers to use AEDMs to rate and certify their basic models by
using the projected energy efficiency derived from these simulation
models in lieu of testing. DOE is proposing to align the validation
requirements proposed for WICF refrigeration AEDMs with those that have
already been adopted for commercial HVAC, refrigeration, and WH
equipment. DOE is considering this approach because the cooling and
refrigeration systems used by these
[[Page 9821]]
equipment types operate under similar principles as the refrigeration
systems used in walk-ins. This similarity, along with the practical
considerations discussed elsewhere in this notice, lend support for
applying similar or identical validation requirements for walk-ins as
well. Also as part of this approach, the Department is addressing
comments received in response to the May 2012 NOPR, which originally
proposed to expand AEDMs to WICF refrigeration systems and proposed
validation and verification requirements.
Second, today's SNOPR puts forth an alternative method for testing
and rating the WICF refrigeration system for unit coolers and
condensing units that are sold separately. Specifically, unit cooler
manufacturers who distribute a unit cooler for use in a WICF
refrigeration system must rate that cooler as though it were to be
connected to a multiplex system, and must comply with the standard for
a unit cooler connected to a multiplex system. Similarly, manufacturers
who distribute a condensing unit for use in a WICF refrigeration system
must determine the appropriate rating by using the nominal values for
unit coolers proposed in this notice, in lieu of actual unit cooler
test data, when calculating AWEF using the mix-match rating method in
AHRI 1250. Consistent with this methodology and pending the outcome of
the standards rulemaking, DOE is considering modifications to the
certification requirements based on the following scheme: (1) A
manufacturer that only produces unit coolers for use in a WICF
refrigeration system would use the test method described above to
establish the WICF refrigeration system rating for each unit cooler
(system performance would be established by testing the unit cooler as
though it is to be connected to a multiplex system (i.e., using the
``Walk-in Unit Cooler Match to Parallel Rack System'' test method in
AHRI 1250, section 7.9))--then, the unit cooler manufacturer would
certify the compliance of those basic models with the WICF
refrigeration system standard; (2) a manufacturer that only produces
condensing units would use the test method described above to establish
the WICF refrigeration system rating for each condensing unit (system
performance would be established by testing each condensing unit and
combining it with the unit cooler nominal values (as proposed in this
SNOPR))--then, the condensing unit manufacturer would certify
compliance of those basic models with the WICF refrigeration system
standard; or (3) a manufacturer that produces both unit cooler basic
models and condensing unit basic models that are marketed and sold as a
matched system would use the test method in AHRI 1250 to test the unit
cooler and the condensing unit as a matched system to get a WICF
refrigeration system rating for each matched system it produces and
then certify compliance.
Third, DOE proposes the following modifications to the test
procedure for WICF refrigeration components:
--Clarifications to the defrost test procedure;
--An alternative method for calculating the defrost energy and heat
load of a system with electric defrost in lieu of a frosted coil test;
--A method for calculating defrost energy and heat load of a system
with hot gas defrost;
--Change to the minimum fan speed and duty cycle during the off-cycle
evaporator fan test;
--Removal of the refrigerant oil and refrigerant composition analysis
testing requirements;
--Clarifications and changes to the temperature measurement
requirements, intended to reduce testing burden;
--Addition of a test condition tolerance for electrical power frequency
and removal the test condition tolerance for temperature of air leaving
the unit;
--Quantification of the requirements for insulating refrigerant lines;
--Clarification of piping length requirement;
--Changes to the list of tests for unit coolers in table 15 to achieve
consistency with another similar test method; and
--Clarification of voltage imbalance for three-phase power.
Fourth, DOE proposes to modify the current test procedure for
measuring the insulation R-value of WICF panels. (10 CFR 431.304) The
current DOE test procedure allows, but does not require, panels to be
tested with non-foam facers or protective skins attached. (10 CFR
431.304(b)(5), (6) and (c)(5), (6)) Also, the current DOE test
procedure allows panel test samples to be up to 4 inches in thickness.
(10 CFR 431.304(b)(5) and (c)(5)) The test procedure requires that the
R-value be measured at a mean temperature of 20 degrees Fahrenheit for
freezer panels (10 CFR 431.304(b)(3) and (c)(3)) and 55 degrees
Fahrenheit for cooler panels (10 CFR 431.304(b)(4) and (c)(4)); however
no tolerance is currently specified for these temperatures. In light of
recent concerns regarding the accuracy of ASTM C518-04 testing of which
DOE had not previously been aware, DOE is proposing to require test
samples be 1 inch in thickness and without non-foam facers, protective
skins, internal non-foam members or edge regions. DOE is proposing to
add flatness and parallelism constraints on the test sample surfaces
that contact the hot and cold plates in the heat flow meter apparatus.
DOE also proposes to add a tolerance of 1 degree Fahrenheit
for the mean temperature during panel R-value testing because DOE
believes this will help ensure that the panel testing is conducted in a
repeatable and reproducible manner at different laboratories.
Fifth, to all walk-in manufacturers to make energy use
representations DOE is proposing a sampling plan for walk-ins
consistent with other commercial equipment regulated under EPCA.
Sixth and finally, in response to manufacturer comments on the
September 2013 standards NOPR, DOE is proposing to remove the existing
performance-based test procedures for WICF floor and non-floor panels
(10 CFR Part 431, Subpart R, Appendix A, sections 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, and
5.2). DOE recognizes that these performance-based procedures for WICF
floor and non-floor panels are in addition to the prescriptive
requirements established in EPCA for panel insulation R-values and,
therefore, may increase the test burden to manufacturers.
All of the changes noted above, along with the appropriate sections
of the CFR where these changes will appear, are detailed in the summary
table below.
Table II.1--Summary of CFR Changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change 10 CFR Section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allowing manufacturers to use 429.53.
AEDMs to rate WICF refrigeration
systems.
Specific instructions for 429.70(f).
applying AEDMs to WICF
refrigeration systems.
Changes to test procedures and 431.304(b)(3)-(6) and 431.304(c)(3)-
prescriptive requirements for (6)
WICF foam panel R-value.
Amendments to AHRI 1250 431.304(c)(8).
refrigeration system test
method, and the panel and door
test methods.
[[Page 9822]]
Methods for rating refrigeration 431.304(c)(11).
components sold separately.
Amendments to performance-based 431 Subpart R, Appendix A.
test procedures for energy
consumption of envelope
components.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
In any rulemaking to amend a test procedure, DOE generally
determines to what extent, if any, the proposed test procedure would
alter the measured energy efficiency of any covered product as
determined under the existing test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(1)) If
DOE determines that the amended test procedure would alter the measured
efficiency of a covered product, DOE must amend the applicable energy
conservation standard accordingly. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(2)) DOE has
tentatively determined that there are no energy conservation standards
in effect that would be significantly impacted by the proposed test
procedure amendments. A full discussion follows in section III.E below.
Discussion
In response to the May 2012 NOPR, DOE received written comments
from 28 interested parties, including manufacturers, trade associations
and advocacy groups. Seven additional interested parties commented
during the May 2012 NOPR Public Meeting on June 5, 2012. Table II.1
lists the entities that commented on the NOPR and their affiliation.
These comments are discussed in more detail below, and the full set of
comments, including the public meeting transcript, can be found at:
https://www.regulations.gov/#!docketDetail;dct=FR%252BPR%252BN%252BO%252BSR%252BPS;rpp=25;po=0;D=EER
E-2011-BT-TP-0024.
Table III.1--Interested Parties That Commented on the May 2012 NOPR
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name Acronym Organization type
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AAON, Inc.......................... AAON................................. Manufacturer.
The ABB Group...................... ABB.................................. Manufacturer.
Air-Conditioning, Heating, and AHRI................................. Industry Trade Group.
Refrigeration Institute.
Appliance Standards Awareness Joint Comment........................ Advocacy Group.
Project & American Council for an
Energy-Efficient Economy.
Baldor Electric.................... Baldor Electric...................... Manufacturer.
Bradford White Corporation......... Bradford White....................... Manufacturer.
Burnham Commercial................. Burnham.............................. Manufacturer.
Cooper Power Systems............... Cooper............................... Manufacturer.
Crown Boiler Company............... Crown Boiler......................... Manufacturer.
CrownTonka/ThermalRite/ CT/TR/ICS............................ Manufacturer.
International Cold Storage.
Danfoss............................ Danfoss.............................. Manufacturer.
First Co........................... First Co............................. Manufacturer.
Goodman Global, Inc................ Goodman.............................. Manufacturer.
Heatcraft Refrigeration Products Heatcraft Refrigeration.............. Manufacturer.
LLC.
Hillphoenix, Inc................... Hillphoenix.......................... Manufacturer.
Hussmann Corporation............... Hussmann............................. Manufacturer.
Ingersoll Rand..................... Ingersoll Rand....................... Manufacturer.
Johnson Controls, Inc.............. JCI.................................. Manufacturer.
Lennox International, Inc.......... Lennox............................... Manufacturer.
Lochinvar, LLC..................... Lochinvar............................ Manufacturer.
Mitsubishi Electric................ Mitsubishi Electric.................. Manufacturer.
Modine Manufacturing Company....... Modine............................... Manufacturer.
Mortex Products, Inc............... Mortex............................... Manufacturer.
National Electrical Manufacturers NEMA................................. Industry Trade Group.
Association.
Nidec Motor Corporation............ Nidec................................ Manufacturer.
Nordyne, LLC....................... Nordyne.............................. Manufacturer.
Rheem Manufacturing Company........ Rheem................................ Manufacturer.
Schneider Electric................. SE................................... Manufacturer.
Southern Store Fixtures, Inc....... Southern Store Fixtures.............. Manufacturer.
Trane.............................. Trane................................ Manufacturer.
True Manufacturing Co. Inc......... True Manufacturing................... Manufacturer.
Unico, Inc......................... Unico................................ Manufacturer.
United Cool Air.................... United Cool Air...................... Manufacturer.
United Technologies Climate, UTC/Carrier.......................... Manufacturer.
Controls & Security and ITS
Carrier.
Zero Zone, Inc..................... Zero Zone............................ Manufacturer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In response to the SNOPR on AEDMs for commercial HVAC,
refrigeration and WH equipment, which was published in the Federal
Register on October 22, 2013, 78 FR 62472, DOE received a comment
relevant to this rulemaking from Lennox International, Inc., a
manufacturer of HVAC and commercial refrigeration equipment.
The Department also received relevant comments from 23 interested
parties in response to the September 2013 Standards NOPR and related
NOPR Public Meeting held on October 9, 2013. Table III.2 lists the
entities that commented on that NOPR and their affiliation. These
comments are discussed in more detail below, and the full set of
comments, including the public meeting transcript, can be found at:
https://www.regulations.gov/
[[Page 9823]]
!docketDetail;D=EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015.
Table III.2--Interested Parties That Commented on the September 2013 Standards NOPR
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name Acronym Organization type
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Air Conditioning Contractors of ACCA................................. Industry Trade Group.
America.
Air-conditioning, Heating, and AHRI................................. Industry Trade Group.
Refrigeration Institute.
American Council for an Energy ACEEE................................ Advocacy Group.
Efficient Economy.
American Panel Corp................ American Panel....................... Manufacturer.
Appliance Standards Awareness ASAP................................. Advocacy Group.
Project.
Architectural Testing Inc.......... AT................................... ....................................
Bally Refrigerated Boxes, Inc...... Bally................................ Manufacturer.
CrownTonka Walk-Ins, ThermalRite & CT/TR/ICS............................ Manufacturer
International Cold Storage.
Danfoss Group North America........ Danfoss.............................. Manufacturer.
Heatcraft Refrigeration Products Heatcraft............................ Manufacturer.
LLC.
Hillphoenix........................ Hillphoenix.......................... Manufacturer.
HussmanCorporation................. HussmanCorp.......................... Manufacturer.
Imperial Brown..................... IB................................... Manufacturer.
KysorWarren........................ Kysor................................ Manufacturer.
Lennox International Inc........... Lennox............................... Manufacturer.
Louisville Cooler Mfg.............. Louisville Cooler.................... Manufacturer.
Manitowoc.......................... Manitowoc............................ Manufacturer.
National Coil Company.............. NCC.................................. Manufacturer.
Nor-Lake, Inc...................... Nor-Lake............................. Manufacturer.
Northwest Energy Efficiency NEEA, et al.......................... Advocacy Group.
Alliance & The Northwest Power and
Conservation Council.
Pacific Gas & Electric, Southern CA IOU's............................. Utility.
California Gas, Southern
California Edison, San Diego Gas &
Electric (Ca. State Independently
Owned Utilities).
Thermo-Kool........................ Thermo-Kool.......................... Manufacturer.
US Cooler Co....................... US Cooler............................ Manufacturer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Alternative Efficiency Determination Method
In the May 2012 NOPR, in which DOE proposed to expand and revise
existing AEDM requirements for commercial equipment covered under EPCA,
DOE proposed, among other things, to allow the use of AEDMs for WICFs
and to establish specific requirements for AEDM validation \1\--i.e., a
process in which manufacturers demonstrate the accuracy of an AEDM
model--and DOE verification \2\--i.e., a process followed by DOE when
verifying the accuracy of an AEDM model--that would apply to this
equipment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ In the May 2012 NOPR, DOE used the term substantiation to
refer to the process manufacturers used to prove that their modeling
tool, or AEDM, produced accurate results. The Working Group elected
to use the term validation, instead of substantiation, for this
process. DOE clarifies that substantiation and validation are
synonymous and the Department will use the term validation
henceforth.
\2\ In the May 2012 NOPR, DOE used the term DOE validation to
refer to the process DOE used to check that the modeling tool, or
AEDM, produced accurate results. The Working Group elected to use
the verification, instead of DOE validation, for this process. DOE
clarifies that DOE validation and verification are synonymous and
the Department will use the term verification henceforth.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Following the publication of the May 2012 NOPR, the Commercial
Certification Working Group was formed in April 2013 to discuss and
negotiate certification provisions for commercial heating, ventilation,
and air conditioner (HVAC), refrigeration, and water heater (WH)
equipment. The Working Group expanded the scope of coverage to include
AEDMs. As part of its negotiations, the Working Group also developed
AEDM validation and verification requirements. These negotiations led
to the publication of an SNOPR on October 22, 2013, hereafter referred
to as the October 2013 SNOPR, in which DOE proposed for adoption the
Working Group's recommendation on AEDMs, basic model definitions, and
compliance requirements for commercial HVAC, refrigeration, and water
heating equipment. (78 FR 62472) On December 31, 2013, DOE issued a
final rule for AEDM usage by manufacturers of these products. See 78 FR
79579. Today's SNOPR proposes to require that the AEDM validation
regulations similar to those that apply to commercial HVAC,
refrigeration, and WH equipment would also apply to WICF refrigeration
systems. DOE is also addressing comments in response to the May 2012
NOPR.
1. Applicable Equipment
In the May 2012 NOPR, DOE proposed to allow the use of AEDMs for
WICFs, but limited the proposal to apply only to WICF refrigeration
systems. DOE explained that WICF refrigeration systems are low-volume
and custom-made for the specific installation and could be accurately
rated using a computer simulation to predict their behavior under DOE
test conditions. DOE did not propose to permit a similar option when
rating other WICF components. WICF panels are relatively simple pieces
of equipment and the test results from a basic model of a given panel
can be extrapolated to many other panel basic models under the
provisions of the test procedure. As for WICF doors, the DOE test
procedure already specifies the use of certain modeling techniques that
are approved by the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC), which,
in DOE's view, makes a parallel AEDM provision for these components
unnecessary. 77 FR at 32041.
Heatcraft and CT/TR/ICS supported this aspect of the proposal.
(Heatcraft, No. 0049 at p. 2; CT/TR/ICS, No.0035 at p. 1) In addition,
in response to the October 2013 SNOPR, DOE received a comment from
Lennox recommending that DOE allow walk-in manufacturers to use AEDMs
when rating their equipment. (Lennox, No. 0080 at p. 4) DOE also
received AEDM-related comments in response to the September 2013
standards NOPR. 78 FR 55781. AHRI, Bally, and ACEEE generally
recommended that DOE include AEDM provisions for WICFs. ([Docket No.
EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; AHRI, No. 114 at p. 4; AHRI, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 88 at p. 58; Bally, No. 102 at p. 3; ACEEE, Public
Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at p. 87) In addition to its comment from
the commercial HVAC, refrigeration and WH
[[Page 9824]]
rulemaking, Lennox commented in the standards rulemaking that
permitting walk-in refrigeration system manufacturers to use AEDMs
would reduce the test burden faced by these manufacturers, particularly
given the number of possible unit cooler and condenser combinations.
([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015], Lennox, No. 109 at p. 4) During
the same rulemaking, Hillphoenix, KeepRite, and NEEA, et al. commented
that permitting panel manufacturers to use AEDMs for panel
certification would reduce their test burden as well. ([Docket No.
EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Hillphoenix, No. 107 at p. 3; KeepRite, No. 105
at p. 2; NEEA et al, No. 101 at p. 2)
In today's notice, DOE proposes as a modification of its earlier
May 2012 NOPR to allow WICF refrigeration system manufacturers to use
AEDMs when rating the performance of this equipment. DOE is not
extending this allowance to WICF panel manufacturers for the reasons
described above, but is, instead, proposing other modifications to the
walk-in panel test procedure to reduce the burden faced by panel
manufacturers while ensuring the overall accuracy of the efficiency
ratings. The proposed modifications to the WICF panel test procedure
are outlined in section III. C.
2. Validation
a. Number of Tested Units Required for Validation
In the May 2012 NOPR, DOE proposed a number of validation
requirements that would apply to walk-in refrigeration systems. DOE
proposed that validating an AEDM would require a manufacturer to test a
minimum of five basic models, including at least one basic model from
each product class to which the AEDM will be applied. As part of these
tests, the manufacturer would be required to test the smallest and
largest capacity basic models from the product class with the highest
sales volume. Additionally, the manufacturer would also need to test
the basic model with the highest sales volume from the previous year
or, for newly introduced basic models, the basic model which is
expected to have the highest sales volume. Finally, all validation test
data would need to meet the applicable Federal energy conservation
standards and applicable DOE testing procedures. 77 FR 32044-32045.
Commenters responding to that proposal provided general comments,
with none specifically relating to walk-ins. AHRI commented that it was
unrealistic for a manufacturer who produces fewer than five models to
be required to validate an AEDM based on a minimum sample of five
units. (AHRI, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at p. 154) Furthermore,
AHRI stated that it is disproportionately burdensome to require testing
at least five basic models for small manufacturers who manufacture or
plan to use an AEDM for only a few basic models compared to
manufacturers who offer many basic models and many product classes.
AHRI recommended that DOE require testing of only three basic models if
the AEDM applies only to 15 or fewer basic models. (AHRI No. 61 at p.
3)
Acknowledging how much work and testing validation of an AEDM
requires, Zero Zone noted that it would be difficult for small
manufacturers to comply with the proposed requirements and would
represent a large amount of work since testing is so complex. Zero Zone
recommended that small manufacturers either be exempt from the proposed
requirements or have a different sample size requirement to meet. (Zero
Zone, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at p. 65) Zero Zone and
Hillphoenix agreed with DOE's proposal to require testing of at least
one unit from each applicable product class and did not offer comment
regarding the assigned product classes. (Zero Zone, No. 64 at p. 1;
Hillphoenix, No. 48 at p. 1)
Hillphoenix supported DOE's proposals for the selection
requirements of basic models used to validate an AEDM. (Hillphoenix,
No. 48 at p. 2) Heatcraft disagreed with DOE's proposed approach,
stating that the requirement to test the smallest and largest capacity
basic models from the highest sales volume product class is overly
burdensome due to the wide range of equipment capacity. (Heatcraft, No.
49 at p. 3) Heatcraft also disagreed with DOE's proposal to require
manufacturers to test the highest sales volume basic model because it
will not improve the accuracy of the AEDM and because the low-volume,
built-to-order nature of WICF equipment will cause sales volumes to
constantly shift. (Heatcraft, No. 49 at p. 4)
The Working Group recommended, and DOE adopted, an AEDM validation
method for commercial HVAC, refrigeration, and WH equipment that
differed from the Department's May 2012 validation proposal. The
Working Group proposed to validate an AEDM for commercial HVAC,
refrigeration, and WH equipment, a manufacturer must select a minimum
number of models from each validation class to which the AEDM is going
to apply. (Validation classes are groupings of products based on
equipment classes but used for AEDM validation). The Department
proposes to extend this concept to WICF refrigeration systems and
proposes the validation classes listed in Table III.3. A unit of each
basic model selected must undergo a single test conducted in accordance
with the DOE test procedure (or, if applicable, a test procedure waiver
issued by DOE) at a manufacturer's testing facility or a third-party
testing facility. The test result must be directly compared to the
result from the AEDM to determine the AEDM's validity. A manufacturer
may develop multiple AEDMs per validation class and each AEDM may span
multiple validation classes; however, the minimum number of tests must
be maintained per validation class for every AEDM a manufacturer
chooses to develop. An AEDM may be applied to any model within the
applicable validation classes at the manufacturer's discretion. All
documentation of test results for these models, the AEDM results, and
subsequent comparisons to the AEDM would be maintained as part of both
the test data underlying the certified rating and the AEDM validation
package pursuant to 10 CFR 429.71.
Table III.3--Validation Classes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum number of distinct models
Validation class that must be tested
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dedicated Condensing, Medium 2 Basic Models.
Temperature, Indoor System.
Dedicated Condensing, Medium 2 Basic Models.
Temperature, Outdoor System.
Dedicated Condensing, Low 2 Basic Models.
Temperature, Indoor System.
Dedicated Condensing, Low 2 Basic Models.
Temperature, Outdoor System.
Unit Cooler connected to a 2 Basic Models
Multiplex Condensing Unit,
Medium Temperature.
Unit Cooler connected to a 2 Basic Models.
Multiplex Condensing Unit, Low
Temperature.
Medium Temperature, Indoor 2 Basic Models.
Condensing Unit.
[[Page 9825]]
Medium Temperature, Outdoor 2 Basic Models.
Condensing Unit.
Low Temperature, Indoor 2 Basic Models.
Condensing Unit.
Low Temperature, Outdoor 2 Basic Models.
Condensing Unit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
In order to align with the validation requirements for commercial
HVAC, refrigeration, and WH equipment, DOE proposes to adopt the
validation approach shown above, which mirrors the approach recommended
by the Working Group. In DOE's view, the Working Group's method
addresses AHRI's concerns regarding manufacturers that produce a
limited number of equipment models. This proposal, if adopted, will
also reduce the amount of testing burden noted by Zero Zone.
Additionally, today's proposal would not require that a manufacturer
test the highest sales volume product, a concern raised by Heatcraft.
DOE requests comment on the proposed AEDM validation approach as
applied to walk-in refrigeration systems.
b. Tolerances for Validation
In the May 2012 NOPR, DOE proposed to adopt two tolerances that
would be applied when validating a WICF refrigeration AEDM. One
tolerance would be between the results from a test of a single basic
model and the AEDM output for that basic model (i.e., an individual
tolerance). A second tolerance would be applied between the average of
the test results from all tested basic models and the average of the
AEDM outputs for those tested basic models (i.e., an overall average
tolerance). 77 FR at 32055-32056. DOE received one comment on this
aspect of its proposal. Heatcraft commented that the average tolerance
provides no added benefit because it does not necessarily encourage
smaller product variation. (Heatcraft, No. 49 at p. 3)
DOE also proposed that both tolerances would apply on both sides of
the AEDM output. 77 FR at 32055-32056. That is, a tolerance would be
applied regardless of whether the test result indicated that the
equipment was more efficient or more consumptive than the AEDM output
for the purposes of validation. DOE received a number of comments
regarding two-sided tolerances, but none specific to AEDMs for WICFs.
Rheem and Hussmann stated that DOE's tolerances should be one-sided,
with Hussmann recommending that DOE allow manufacturers to rate
equipment conservatively using an AEDM. (Rheem, No. 59 at p. 3;
Hussmann, No. 57 at p. 2) JCI also stated that tolerances should be
one-sided, and there should be no requirement for re-validation if a
manufacturer has conservative ratings. (JCI, No. 66 at p. 6) AAON,
Trane, and ACEEE also supported one-sided tolerances and an approach
that would allow manufacturers to rate conservatively. (AAON, Public
Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at pp. 88 and 212; Trane, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 69 at p. 90; ACEEE, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 69
at p. 90) AAON urged DOE to eliminate one side of the 5 percent
tolerance and not penalize manufacturers whose basic models, when
tested, achieve a higher rating than that predicted by an AEDM because
allowing manufacturers to conservatively predict a basic model's
performance would simplify the process and give manufacturers
incentives to improve AEDMs and manufacturing processes over time so
that they could rate their equipment as efficiently as possible. In
AAON's view, this approach would not prevent a manufacturer who might
be inclined to calibrate their models more conservatively from using
its AEDM. (AAON, No. 40 at p. 5)
Not all manufacturers, however, recommended that DOE remove the
conservative tolerance. Instead of completely removing it, AHRI
suggested that the conservative tolerance should be increased to 10
percent so that manufacturers can design AEDMs that provide
conservative ratings. (AHRI, No. 61 at p. 5) Cooper, on the other hand,
stated that tolerances should be two-sided because manufacturers must
demonstrate that an AEDM's output is accurate and repeatable. (Cooper,
No. 43 at p. 3)
In the NOPR, DOE proposed to set consistent tolerance levels for
all products covered under AEDM requirements, except for motors and
small electric motors. 77 FR at 32055-32056. DOE proposed a 5% tolerance on the individual AEDM results as compared to the
tested results and a 3% tolerance on the average of the
AEDM outputs as compared to the average tested results. Regarding WICF
refrigeration equipment, commenters generally agreed there will be
variation in the results from testing, but commenters differed in their
suggested tolerance levels. Heatcraft, Zero Zone, Hussmann, and True
Manufacturing all commented that the proposed 5 percent tolerance was
too tight. (Heatcraft, No. 49 at p. 3; Zero Zone, No. 64 at p. 2;
Hussmann, No. 57 at p. 2; True, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at p.
86) Zero Zone recommended a tolerance of 8 percent. (Zero Zone, No. 64
at p. 2) Heatcraft, Hussmann and True Manufacturing identified expected
test variations of 10 percent, 11 percent, and 8 percent respectively
but did not suggest a tolerance for AEDM validation. (Heatcraft, No. 49
at p. 3; Hussmann, No. 57 at p. 2; True, Public Meeting Transcript, No.
69 at p. 86) Heatcraft suggested that DOE should work with
manufacturers to determine the appropriate tolerance based on the
expected variations. (Heatcraft, No. 49 at p. 3) CT/TR/ICS disagreed
with these parties, stating that the 5 percent tolerance was acceptable
so long as testing was conducted with the typical electric utility
tolerance of 10 percent. (CT/TR/ICS, No. 35 at p. 1)
The Working Group recommended that for energy efficiency metrics,
the AEDM results for a model must be less than or equal to 105 percent
of the tested results for that same model. DOE adopted this approach
for commercial HVAC, refrigeration, and WH equipment in the December
31, 2013 Final Rule and proposes to use it for WICF refrigeration
systems in today's notice to align DOE's AEDM validation requirements
for walk-ins with these other types of commercial equipment that are
refrigerant-based systems. This approach would eliminate both the
tolerance on the average of the AEDM results and two-sided tolerances.
DOE requests comments on the proposed tolerances on the AEDM results as
compared to the tested results for a given basic model.
3. Certified Rating
For each basic model of commercial HVAC, WH, and refrigeration
equipment distributed in U.S. commerce, manufacturers must determine
the certified rating based on testing or use of a validated AEDM. DOE's
current regulations provide
[[Page 9826]]
manufacturers with some flexibility in rating each basic model by
allowing the manufacturer the discretion to rate conservatively. For
energy efficiency metrics, each model's certified rating must be less
than or equal to the model's AEDM result and greater than or equal to
the applicable Federal standard. DOE proposes to adopt these
requirements for WICF refrigeration equipment rated with AEDMs.
4. Verification
DOE may randomly select and test a single unit of a basic model
pursuant to 10 CFR 429.104, which extends to all DOE covered products,
including those certified using an AEDM. In the May 2012 NOPR, DOE
proposed a method for determining whether those products certified
using an AEDM fail to meet federal energy conservation standards and/or
fail to meet their certified rating, as well as actions that DOE would
take in response to either outcome. 77 FR at 32056.
a. Failure To Meet a Certified Rating
In the May 2012 NOPR, DOE proposed to require that the assessment
test result would be compared to the certified rating for a model to
determine if a model met its certified rating. If the test result fell
outside of the proposed tolerance, the model would not meet its
certified rating. In this case, DOE proposed to require that
manufacturers re-validate the AEDM that was used to certify the product
within 30 days of receiving the test report from DOE. Furthermore, DOE
also proposed to require that manufacturers incorporate the test data
obtained by the Department for that model into the re-validation of the
AEDM. If, after inclusion of DOE's test data and re-validation, the
AEDM-certified ratings change for any models, the manufacturer would be
required to re-rate and re-certify those models. The manufacturer would
not be required to perform additional testing in this re-validation
process unless the manufacturer finds it necessary in order to meet the
requirements enumerated in the proposed 10 CFR 429.70 (e.g., number of
tested units; proposed tolerances; etc.). 77 FR 32056.
A few stakeholders commented on these proposals. Zero Zone
commented that the failure of one unit to meet its certified rating
should not automatically necessitate re-validation. It suggested that
the manufacturer should decide on the appropriate course of action.
(Zero Zone, No. 64 at p.3) Lennox further noted that although DOE
should use independent, third-party labs for testing, using these
entities does not ensure accuracy because third-party labs may not be
as familiar with specialized commercial equipment. (Lennox, No. 47 at
p. 3)
DOE acknowledges these comments regarding how potential AEDM mis-
rating situations should be addressed. First, DOE proposes to assess a
unit's performance through third party testing. Under this approach,
DOE would begin the verification process by selecting a single unit of
a given basic model for testing either from retail or by obtaining a
sample from the manufacturer. DOE will select a third-party testing
laboratory at its discretion to test the unit selected unless there are
cases where there is not a third-party laboratory capable of testing
the equipment, in which case DOE may request testing at a
manufacturer's facility. The Department will be responsible for the
logistics of arranging the testing, and the laboratory is not allowed
to communicate directly with the manufacturer. At no time may the test
facility discuss DOE verification testing with the manufacturer without
the Department present.
If a unit is tested and determined to be outside the rating
tolerances described in section I.C.4, DOE will notify the
manufacturer. The manufacturer will receive all documentation related
to the test set up, test conditions, and test results for the unit if
the unit falls outside the rating tolerances. At that time, a
manufacturer may present all claims regarding any issues directly with
the Department. DOE requests comment on this proposal. The Department
notes that 10 CFR 429.13(b) applies to equipment certified using an
AEDM, and DOE may require a manufacturer to conduct additional testing
if the manufacturer has been found to be in violation of an applicable
standard or certification requirement.
b. Action Following Enforcement Testing: Determination of Noncompliance
In the May 2012 NOPR, DOE explained that if a model failed to meet
the applicable federal energy conservation standard during assessment
testing, DOE may pursue enforcement testing pursuant to 10 CFR 429.110.
DOE also stated that, after enforcement testing, if a model were
determined to be noncompliant, then all other models within that basic
model would be considered noncompliant. This is consistent with DOE's
approach for all covered products. All other basic models rated with
the AEDM would be considered compliant pending additional
investigation. Furthermore, DOE proposed that in a case where the
noncompliant model was used for validation of an AEDM, then the AEDM
must be re-validated within 30 days of notification, pursuant to the
proposed requirements described in section III.A.2. DOE did not propose
requiring a manufacturer re-test basic models that were tested
previously for validation if DOE has not determined those models to be
noncompliant. 77 FR at 32056. DOE received a general comment related to
this proposal, but no comments specific to noncompliance determinations
for WICF refrigeration equipment. JCI agreed that all AEDM-rated models
should not be disqualified if one model is found out of compliance.
(JCI, No. 66 at p. 9) Furthermore, JCI stated that without additional
information as to why a particular product failed a test, it is not
reasonable to arbitrarily assume that all models rated with the AEDM
must be re-rated. (JCI, No. 66 at p. 9, 10)
After considering the comment received regarding DOE's proposed
response to a finding of noncompliance, DOE has decided to eliminate
the proposal to require re-validation of the AEDM if the noncompliant
model was used to validate the AEDM. Instead, the Department proposes
that the underlying principle that each AEDM must be supported by test
data obtained from physical tests of current models will control.
Because a noncompliant model may not be distributed in commerce, the
manufacturer will need to ensure that the AEDM continues to satisfy the
proposed validation requirements described in section III. A. 2.
Additional testing would not be necessary unless the noncompliant
product was used to satisfy those AEDM validation requirements.
Pursuant to this requirement, should the re-validation result in a
change in the ratings of products certified using the AEDM, those
products must be re-rated and re-certified. DOE is not proposing to
require re-testing of products that were not determined noncompliant by
DOE.
5. Re-Validation
a. Change in Standards or Test Procedures
DOE proposed in the May 2012 NOPR to require that manufacturers who
use an AEDM to certify their products re-validate the AEDM upon
publication of an amended test procedure or standard for the AEDM-rated
product. 77 FR at 32056. DOE proposed this requirement to account for
potential changes to the AEDM as well as to ensure that the AEDM
continues to be based upon test data derived from the applicable DOE
test procedure and models that meet the
[[Page 9827]]
current standards. DOE identified the issuance of a new test procedure
or a standard as likely to necessitate changes to the AEDM, either
because a change in a test procedure may affect the tested values of
the products used to validate the AEDM or because a change in a
standard may require additional testing using models that meet the new
standard or may force manufacturers to implement new technologies that
are not covered by their current AEDM. DOE did not propose a periodic
re-validation requirement in light of the potential testing burden
involved.
Among the comments received, a large majority of stakeholders
suggested that a change in standards or test procedures should not
automatically trigger AEDM re-validation, emphasizing that it may only
be necessary in the case of a significant change in the regulations.
(UTC/Carrier, No. 56 at p. 3; JCI, No. 66 at p. 10; NEMA, No. 44 at p.
5, 18, 19; Lennox, No. 46 at p. 6; AHRI, No. 61 at p. 7) Baldor
Electric, Zero Zone, ABB, First Co., Goodman, Heatcraft Refrigeration,
and Schneider Electric all argued that re-validation would not be
necessary in a case of a change in a test procedure. (Baldor Electric,
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at p. 132-34; Zero Zone, No. 64 at p.
4; ABB, No. 39 at p. 3; First Co., No. 45 at p. 3; Goodman, No. 53 at
p. 3; Heatcraft Refrigeration, No. 49 at p. 5; SE., No. 41 at p. 12)
According to Goodman, AAON, Zero Zone, Ingersoll Rand, and Baldor
Electric, re-validation would also not be necessary if there is a
change in a prescribed minimum energy efficiency standard. (Goodman,
No. 53 at p. 3; Zero Zone, No. 64 at p. 4; Ingersoll Rand, Public
Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at p. 134; AAON, No. 40 at p. 7; Baldor
Electric, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at p. 132-34) NEMA echoed
this view and explained that when an efficiency standard changes, it is
possible that the determined energy consumption of basic models might
still be higher than the new standard, and more testing would not be
necessary. (NEMA, No. 44 at p. 5, 18, 19)
Several stakeholders outlined specific circumstances that would
necessitate re-validation due to a change in a standard or test
procedure. AHRI and Hillphoenix stated that re-validation should only
be required when a change in a test procedure is significant enough to
result in a product having a different rated energy consumption or
efficiency. (AHRI, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at p. 238-39;
Hillphoenix, No. 48 at p. 2) Nordyne, Rheem, Lennox, and CT/TR/ICS
added that re-validation should be required if a change in a DOE test
procedure has an effect on simulated ratings of an AEDM. (Nordyne, No.
55 at p. 3; Rheem, No. 59 at p. 5; Lennox, No. 46 at p. 6; CT/TR/ICS,
No. 35 at p. 2) ABB and Unico commented that re-validation may be
necessary when a new federal standard is high enough that the basic
models used for validation can no longer meet the minimum standard.
(ABB, No. 39 at p. 3; Unico, No. 54 at p. 5) Baldor Electric agreed,
stating that unless there is a significant change in technology or a
test standard, a manufacturer should not have to re-validate its AEDM.
(Baldor Electric, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at pp. 132-34) NEMA
suggested that DOE consider the necessity for re-validation on a case-
by-case basis, and specifically address and solicit public comment on
whether re-validation of an AEDM is needed as a result of changes in a
test procedure at the time when DOE proposes to adopt the change in the
test procedure. (NEMA, No. 44 at p. 20)
Many manufacturers advocated that re-validation should instead
depend on significant changes to the technology of basic models,
including changes to the components. (Goodman, No. 53 at p. 3; First
Co., No. 45 at p. 3; Rheem, No. 59 at p. 5; Nordyne, No. 55 at p. 3;
Unico, No. 54 at p. 3; SE., No. 41 at p. 12) Additionally, Baldor
Electric and Ingersoll Rand pointed out during the public meeting that
a change in technology should be an important factor in evaluating when
re-validation may be necessary, with Ingersoll Rand adding that if
there were no change in technology it is unclear why a change in
standards would disqualify an AEDM. (Baldor Electric, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 69 at pp. 132-134; Ingersoll Rand, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 69 at p. 137) Schneider Electric specified that
manufacturers should revise and re-validate their AEDMs whenever they
introduce new products, processes or materials, and that any changes to
the AEDM itself should necessitate re-validation. (Schneider Electric,
No. 41 at pp. 10 and 12)
DOE agrees with manufacturers' assertions that re-validation should
depend on the nature of the regulatory change involved because not
every change to the standard or test procedure would necessarily affect
a product's energy consumption and/or efficiency or an AEDM's output.
DOE also agrees with NEMA that the requirement to re-validate should be
determined on a case-by-case basis. Therefore, DOE is not proposing to
require re-validation every time the test procedure or standard
changes.
However, should DOE believe that re-validation is necessary
pursuant to a final rule standard or test procedure, DOE will propose
this step in the NOPR for that standard or test procedure rulemaking to
allow stakeholders to provide comment.
b. Re-Validation Using Active Models
DOE is concerned that an AEDM's accuracy may be compromised if the
models that are used to validate it become obsolete. To address this
issue, DOE proposed to require manufacturers to re-validate their AEDMs
if one of the basic models used for validation is no longer in
production or if it becomes obsolete. 77 FR at 32056. DOE requested
comment on this proposed approach.
The majority of commenters on this topic disagreed with DOE's
proposal, stating that once an AEDM is validated, it is valid
regardless of whether one of the basic models used for its validation
is discontinued. Stakeholders further asserted that discontinuance of a
basic model does not necessarily indicate a change in technology;
therefore, it should not automatically invalidate the AEDM, and re-
validation of the AEDM should not be required. (United Cool Air, No. 51
at p. 10; First Co., No. 45 at p. 3; Lennox, No. 46 at p. 6; Unico, No.
54 at p. 3; Ingersoll Rand, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 69 at p.
134; JCI, No. 66 at p. 10) UTC/Carrier recommended that inactive models
should be allowed for re-validation as long as they use the same
technology as the products currently in production and meet the minimum
energy efficiency standards. (UTC/Carrier, No. 56 at p. 3) AAON further
added that if the product was current at the time the test was
performed, test data should remain valid for re-validation for at least
five years after a unit becomes obsolete. (AAON, No. 40 at p. 7) JCI
pointed out that continuous re-validation due to elimination of some
models would create an unstable environment for new product
development. (JCI, No. 66 at p. 10) According to Rheem, AHRI and Zero
Zone, the decision regarding when re-validation is necessary should be
left to the manufacturer. (Rheem, No. 59 at p. 5; AHRI, No. 61 at p. 9;
Zero Zone, No. 64 at p. 4) Only Schneider Electric agreed with DOE's
proposal that AEDMs must be re-validated only with active models. (SE,
No. 41 at p. 12)
While DOE appreciates manufacturers' concerns regarding the
additional testing burden and possible turnover of AEDM models imposed
by this requirement, DOE continues to have concerns regarding the
accuracy of an AEDM based on data from obsolete models. Thus, DOE is
retaining the
[[Page 9828]]
proposal to require re-validation of an AEDM if a basic model used for
its validation is discontinued or becomes obsolete. DOE believes that
this requirement will ensure that AEDMs continue to produce accurate
ratings, without imposing a significant testing burden on
manufacturers.
DOE notes that under its proposal, manufacturers may continue to
test their models beyond the minimum validation requirements as a means
to affirm an AEDM's validity. As long as the manufacturer has
sufficient test data underlying the AEDM to meet the validation
requirements at all times, additional testing for re-validation would
not be required by DOE. In other words, a manufacturer may continue to
use data from an obsolete or discontinued model to internally validate
an AEDM or as an input to its algorithms. However, the manufacturer
must meet the minimum validation requirements with test data from
active models.
c. Time Allowed for Re-Validation
In the NOPR, DOE proposed that, should a manufacturer be required
to re-validate an AEDM for any reason, it must complete the re-
validation process and re-rate and re-certify basic models as necessary
within 30 days. The requirement to re-validate may be a result of a
change in federal standards, a change in the applicable test procedure,
the basic model used to validate the AEDM becoming inactive or found to
be noncompliant with standards, or the failure of a basic model to meet
its certified rating during assessment or enforcement testing. DOE
proposed that if a manufacturer failed to re-validate the AEDM and to
re-rate and re-certify any models as necessary within 30 days, then the
AEDM and all certifications made using the AEDM would be considered
invalid. 77 FR at 32056.
A large majority of interested parties stated that 30 days is
insufficient to perform the additional testing required for re-
validation of an AEDM and suggested extending the proposed time limit.
Sixty days was proposed as a more appropriate timeframe by Goodman and
Schneider Electric; 180 days by AAON and UTC/Carrier; and 90 to 120
days by the remaining twelve stakeholders. (Bradford White, No. 38 at
p. 1; ABB, No. 39 at p. 3; AAON, No. 40 at p. 6; Modine, No. 42 at p.
4; Lennox, No. 47 at p. 3; Heatcraft Refrigeration, No. 49 at p. 4;
Zero Zone, No. 64 at p. 3; Goodman, No. 53 at p. 3; SE., No. 41 at
p.11; UTC/Carrier, No. 56 at p. 3; NEMA, No. 44 at p. 18; Hillphoenix,
No. 48 at p. 2; Unico, No. 54 at p. 4; Rheem, No. 59 at p. 4; AHRI, No.
61 at pp. 6-7) Zero Zone suggested that a time limit of 18 to 36 months
would be an appropriate time to update an AEDM in case of a change in a
standard or a test procedure. (Zero Zone, No. 64 at p. 4) Schneider
Electric stated that 30 days after an AEDM's revision would be
sufficient to re-evaluate and re-certify products in distribution.
However, it added that if a manufacturer's products are not in
distribution at the time, the manufacturer should be allowed 180 days
to re-evaluate and re-certify them. (Schneider Electric, No. 41 at p.
11)
After considering these suggestions, DOE is declining to propose a
time limit to re-validate an AEDM. The AEDM must satisfy the
fundamental requirement for validating an AEDM at all times.
B. Refrigeration Test Procedure
During DOE's rulemaking to establish test procedures for WICF
equipment, which resulted in a final rule published on April 15, 2011
(``April 2011 test procedure final rule;'' 76 FR 21580), interested
parties supported DOE's approach to use AHRI 1250 (I-P)-2009, ``2009
Standard for Performance Rating of Walk-In Coolers and Freezers''
(``AHRI 1250''), for WICF refrigeration testing. AHRI 1250 is an
industry-developed testing protocol used to measure walk-in efficiency.
However, DOE is proposing to add certain modifications to AHRI 1250.
These modifications are designed to either clarify certain steps in
AHRI 1250 or reduce the testing burden of manufacturers while ensuring
that accurate measurements are obtained.
1. Rating of Refrigeration Components
The AHRI 1250 test procedure incorporated into DOE's regulations
applies to unit coolers and condensing units tested and sold together
as a matched system, ``mix-matched'' unit coolers and condensing units
(i.e., unit coolers and condensing units tested separately, with a
system rating determined using a calculation methodology), and unit
coolers connected to compressor racks or multiplex condensing systems.
It also describes the methods for measuring the refrigeration capacity,
on-cycle electrical energy consumption, off-cycle fan energy, and
defrost energy. Standard test conditions, which differ for indoor and
outdoor locations and for coolers and freezers, are also specified. The
test procedure includes a calculation methodology to compute an annual
walk-in energy factor (AWEF), which is the ratio of heat removed from
the envelope to the total energy input of the refrigeration system over
a year. AWEF is measured in Btu/W-h and measures the efficiency of a
refrigeration system, meaning the unit cooler and condenser
combination.
In response to the September 2013 standards NOPR, the Department
received a number of comments regarding the potential certification
problems related to establishing an efficiency metric for WICF
refrigeration systems. Some stakeholders commented that a single metric
would be difficult to enforce given the walk-in market structure, and
observed that creating separate metrics for each component of the
refrigeration system (i.e. the unit cooler and condenser unit) would
allow manufacturers to certify equipment performance. ASAP expressed
concern that treating the complete refrigeration system as a
``component'' could lead to a standard with a high rate of non-
compliance. ASAP also commented that separate standards for unit
coolers and remote condensing units would be more practical [than a
single standard], since the proposed standard resulted in a lack of
clarity for manufacturers producing only unit coolers, only condensing
units, or mix-match systems; however, such an approach could allow
manufacturers of components to circumvent the standard by claiming
their product was not designed for use in walk-ins, and that DOE should
ensure the definition of ``covered equipment'' does not create this
loophole. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; ASAP, No. 113 at p. 1-3)
NCC stated that standards based on the combined refrigeration system
would rely on the contractors or designers to comply with the standard
and would make DOE enforcement difficult. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-
STD-0015]; NCC, No. 96 at p. 2) NCC commented that original equipment
manufacturers of unit coolers and condensing units who sell these
components separately do not have control over how their components are
matched with others to form a mix-match refrigeration system. As a
result, in its view, design consultants and contractors would have to
be relied upon for certifying the AWEF of a system comprised of
components from two different manufacturers, making this proposed
approach unenforceable due to the large number of design consultants
and contractors as compared to the relatively small number of
refrigeration manufacturers. In light of these concerns, NCC
recommended DOE set energy efficiency standards for condensing units
and unit coolers separately. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-
[[Page 9829]]
BT-STD-0015]; NCC, No 96 at p. 2) CA IOUs also suggested that DOE
enforce separate standards for unit coolers and condensing units.
([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; CA IOUs, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 88 at p. 385) Bally agreed that separate standards for
condensers and evaporators were more practical than a combined standard
for the refrigeration system. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015];
Bally, No. 102 at p. 3) AHRI stated that often, the unit cooler and
condensing unit are purchased independently and was concerned about
treating the refrigeration system as a single component. ([Docket No.
EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; AHRI, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at p.
42)) Keeprite agreed that that since evaporators and condensing units
are often sold or distributed independently of each other, and with no
knowledge of how the consumer would pair them, separate standards for
each component would be more practical than a system standard. ([Docket
No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Keeprite, No. 105 at p. 1)
Other manufacturers described the potential burden created by
having a single metric. AHRI commented that since walk-ins are often
custom-designed, it would be impossible for manufacturers to accurately
estimate the number of possible refrigeration system configurations
that could potentially include any given combination of condensing
unit/unit cooler options. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; AHRI,
No. 114 at p.3) Heatcraft also remarked that unit coolers and
condensing units should be treated separately because of the infinite
number of possible combinations. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015];
Heatcraft, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at p. 41) American Panel
noted that manufacturers can easily determine the efficiency of a
paired condenser and evaporator if the two components were made by the
same company and sold together, but given the number of different
combinations of condensers and evaporators sold by a manufacturer, that
manufacturer could be required to test or rate a thousand different
systems to be able to certify all their possible combinations. ([Docket
No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; American Panel, Public Meeting Transcript,
No. 88 at pp. 48 and 105) Manitowoc commented that requiring that
manufacturers test matched refrigeration systems was not feasible
because manufacturers of condensing units did not manufacture
evaporators and vice versa; additionally, this approach would result in
an infinite number of combinations. Manitowoc supported the idea of
setting separate standards for condensing units and unit coolers, but
noted that without an AEDM in place, these component level standards
would still result in undue financial burden for manufacturers.
([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Manitowoc, No. 108 at pp. 1 and 2)
Commenters also noted that separate metrics for the unit cooler and
condenser unit would simplify the testing and certification process.
Lennox commented that regulating the condensing unit and unit cooler at
the component, rather than system, level would greatly simplify
manufacturer testing. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Lennox, No.
109 at p.6) CA IOUs stated that DOE should consider splitting the
refrigeration standard into condensing unit and unit cooler standards
to simplify the certification process for assemblers and suggested that
DOE provide a voluntary mix/match standard level. ([Docket No. EERE-
2008-BT-STD-0015]; CA IOUs, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at p. 56)
The CA IOUs also suggested that the test procedure be modified to
require the testing of matching systems only for ``self-contained''
units. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; CA IOUs, No. 110 at p. 2)
ASAP supported the component level approach because a refrigeration
system is not necessarily sold by a single manufacturer. ([Docket No.
EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; ASAP, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at p.
46) US Cooler supported a component level approach for refrigeration
equipment because, in its view, the approach would give manufacturers
more flexibility to meet the requirements since components would be
certified individually and could be put together to determine the
system's energy consumption. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; US
Cooler, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at p. 51) NEEA et al. also
recommended that individual refrigeration system components, including
all unit coolers and dedicated condensing units, should be rated and
certified. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; NEEA et al., No. 101 at
p. 3)
Not all commenters, however, supported the refrigeration system
component level approach. ACCA noted that it would be easier to enforce
a standard for a matched system. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015];
ACCA, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at p. 47) Louisville Cooler
commented that certifying at a component level would discourage
manufacturers from making system improvements in order to avoid
repeating the certification process. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-
0015]; Louisville Cooler, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at p. 50)
Danfoss mentioned that refrigeration components are themselves
composites of other components and sub-components such as compressors,
valves, controls, etc. Danfoss commented that requiring separate
certification of condensing units, unit coolers, and other sub-
components such as valves was a logical step, but was concerned that
pushing the regulation down to the component level would be difficult
to manage and DOE would lose the opportunity to pursue system level
performance improvements. Danfoss suggested a non-regulatory approach
to raise system level efficiency. Danfoss further pointed out that
certified condensing units and evaporators must still be properly
matched and, currently, no particular entity controls is responsible
for this task. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Danfoss, Public
Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at pp. 32, 45 and 57)
Commenters offered suggestions as to how the Department could
regulate refrigeration components separately. Hussmann supported
separate standards for WICF refrigeration condensing units and unit
coolers and stated that AHRI should update the WICF refrigeration test
procedure, AHRI 1250, to include a methodology to obtain separate
AWEFs. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Hussmann, No. 93 at pp. 1
and 3) NEEA, et al. commented that if unit coolers and condensing units
were rated and certified separately, walk-in providers would have more
flexibility to select components that best meet customer needs. The
group also suggested that DOE utilize the mix-match testing option in
AHRI 1250 to facilitate component-level standards ([Docket No. EERE-
2008-BT-STD-0015]; NEEA, No. 101 at p. 3) ACEEE suggested DOE use an
AEDM approach for separate certification of condensers and unit
coolers. ACEEE suggested that a simple software tool could provide
allowable versus forbidden matches with respect to size matching and
other characteristics but did not suggest any specific software tools
currently on the market. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; ACEEE,
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at p. 43) Louisville Cooler suggested
that given an evaporator rating, DOE could establish a plus-or-minus
[capacity] range to match it with a particular compressor. ([Docket No.
EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Louisville Cooler, Public Meeting Transcript,
No. 88 at p. 50) American
[[Page 9830]]
Panel stated that the performance curves for unit coolers and
condensing units should meet around a 10 degree temperature difference
[between the internal dry-bulb temperature and the saturated evaporator
temperature]. (([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; American Panel,
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at p. 59)
Based on these comments noting the difficult nature of testing and
rating walk-in refrigeration systems, particularly with respect to the
large number of possible combinations of unit coolers and condensing
units that can make up the WICF refrigeration system, the Department is
proposing the following approach to allow manufacturers to test a
condenser or unit cooler separately, but rate that component with an
AWEF metric consistent with DOE's proposed energy standard. Under this
approach, a manufacturer who sells a unit without a matched condensing
unit must rate and certify a refrigeration system containing that unit
cooler by testing according to the methodology in AHRI 1250 for unit
coolers matched to a parallel rack system (see AHRI 1250, section 7.9).
The manufacturer would use the calculation method in this section to
determine the system AWEF and certify this AWEF to DOE. Additionally,
all unit coolers tested and rated as part of a system unit this method
must comply with the standards in the multiplex equipment classes.
A manufacturer who sells a condensing unit separately must rate and
certify that a refrigeration system containing that condensing unit by
conducting the condensing unit portion of the AHRI 1250 mix/match test
method. The results from the mix/match test would be combined with a
nominal unit cooler capacity and power, based on nominal values for
saturated suction temperature and unit cooler fan and electric defrost
energy use factors, in order to calculate an AWEF for the refrigeration
system basic model containing that condensing unit. (Condensing units
built to utilize hot gas defrost must use the method for estimating hot
gas defrost heat load and energy use outlined in the following
section.) These nominal values are listed in Table III.6. (These values
will be incorporated into 10 CFR 431.304.)
DOE developed the nominal values from DOE testing and modeling of
WICF refrigeration systems. DOE observed the following test and model
results for on-cycle fan power and used the average value for its
nominal factor:
Table III.4--Evaporator Fan Power Test and Model Results
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On-cycle
evaporator fan
Gross capacity at power, per Btu/h
Unit tested or modeled On-cycle fan highest ambient of gross capacity
power (W) rating condition at highest
(Btu/h) ambient condition
(W-h/Btu)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test: Cooler System--Unit 1............................ 320 23727 0.013
Test: Cooler System--Unit 2............................ 208 15377 0.014
Test: Freezer System--Unit 3........................... 119 7325 0.016
Test: Freezer System--Unit 4........................... 113 7804 0.014
Model: Cooler System--Unit 5........................... 265 12831 0.021
Model: Cooler System--Unit 6........................... 252 14975 0.017
Model: Freezer System--Unit 7.......................... 133 6998 0.019
Model: Freezer System--Unit 8.......................... 126 8039 0.016
--------------------------------------------------------
Average............................................ ................. ................. 0.016
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Off-cycle unit cooler fan power is expressed in terms of the on-
cycle fan power and would represent performance consistent with a unit
cooler meeting the energy conservation standard. The energy
conservation standard assumes that manufacturers would implement
variable speed fan controls in order to meet the standard, which
reduces the fan speed by 50 percent when the compressor is off.
According to the fan laws,\3\ this would reduce power to 12.5 percent
of full-speed power, or 0.5[supcaret](1/3). However, due to fan
efficiency losses at lower speed, DOE is assuming that the power would
be 20 percent of full speed power.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ Fan laws are theoretical principles that express the
relationship between variables that impact fan performance. American
Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers,
ASHRAE Handbook--HVAC Systems and Equipment, Section 20.4. 2008.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For electric defrost energy, DOE also used test results from low
temperature systems in developing the nominal factors. The results are
as follows:
Table III.5--Defrost Energy Test Results
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On-cycle
evaporator fan
Average defrost Gross capacity at power, per Btu/h
Unit tested energy per cycle highest ambient of gross capacity
(Wh/cycle) rating condition at highest
(Btu/h) ambient condition
(W-h/Btu)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test: Freezer System--Unit 3........................... 880 7325 0.12
Test: Freezer System--Unit 4........................... 928 7804 0.12
--------------------------------------------------------
Average............................................ ................. ................. 0.12
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 9831]]
Electric defrost heat contribution would be expressed in terms of
the electric defrost power. In the AHRI 1250 calculations, the electric
defrost heat contribution is equivalent to the power contribution
converted from Watts to Btu/h, less the heat embodied in the defrost
meltwater which is drained from the unit. In testing, DOE observed that
defrost meltwater heat accounted for approximately 5 percent of the
heat input. Therefore, DOE is assuming that electric defrost heat
contribution to the interior of the box is 95 percent of the electric
defrost power, converted from Watts to Btu/h.
The standards for the relevant equipment class of dedicated
condensing refrigeration systems would apply to condensing unit basic
models that were rated without a matched unit cooler. DOE requests
comment on its proposal to allow unit coolers and condensing units to
be rated separately, and particularly the nominal values described in
Table III.6.
Table III.6--Nominal Values for Unit Cooler Saturated Suction
Temperature and Energy Use Factors
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Coolers Freezers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Saturated Suction Temperature 25 -20
([deg]F).
On-cycle evaporator fan power, 0.016 0.016
per Btu/h of gross capacity at
highest ambient condition (W-h/
Btu).
----------------------------------------
Off-cycle evaporator fan power 0.2 x on-cycle evaporator fan power
(W).
----------------------------------------
Electric defrost energy per 0 0.12
cycle, per Btu/h of gross
capacity (W-h/cycle per Btu/h).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of cycles per day....... As specified in installation
instructions or, if no instructions, 4
Daily electric defrost heat 0.95 x daily electric defrost energy
contribution (Btu). use x 3.412
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Defrost Test
The existing test procedure incorporates a mandatory defrost test
for freezer systems with electric defrost (AHRI 1250, Section C11).
This test is designed to calculate electric defrost power consumption
based on the (1) amount of energy consumption per defrost under both
dry and frosted coil conditions, (2) number of defrosts per day, and
(3) temperature and weight of the melt-water exiting the unit through
the defrost drain pipe. DOE testing has shown that the test may be
overly burdensome for manufacturers to conduct due to the difficulty of
maintaining the moist air infiltration conditions for the frosted coil
test in a repeatable manner. To minimize this burden while ensuring
that the test sufficiently measures the energy consumption of walk-in
freezer systems, DOE proposes to make the full defrost test optional,
allowing manufacturers to choose between performing the full test and
using a shorter and less burdensome methodology described as follows.
DOE requests comment on the following calculation methodology and
nominal values for electric defrost.
--First, the energy input for the dry coil condition shall be measured
as specified in AHRI 1250, section C11.1 to obtain DFd in W-
h.
--In lieu of testing in the frost load conditions, the frosted coil
energy use (DFf) shall be the product of 1.05 multiplied by
DFd. (This value was developed from DOE test results.)
--For systems without adaptive defrost, the number of defrosts per day
(NDF) shall be based on the defrost frequency recommended in
the installation instructions for the unit; if no defrost frequency is
specified, the number of defrosts per day shall be set to 4.
--For systems with adaptive defrost, the optional test in section C11.2
may be performed to establish the time between dry coil defrosts. The
number of defrosts per day calculated by this optional test shall be
averaged with the number of defrosts per day that would occur under
frosted conditions (as calculated in the previous paragraph).
Otherwise, for systems with adaptive defrost, if the optional test is
not performed, the number of defrosts per day (NDF) shall be
set to the average of 1 and the number of defrosts per day that would
occur under frosted load conditions.
--The daily contribution of the load attributed to defrost,
Qdf (Btu) shall be 95 percent of the daily defrost energy
use in watt-hours, multiplied by 3.412 Btu/W-h. (This percentage is
based on DOE test data, which showed that water thermal load is
approximately 5 percent of the electric input (see discussion in
previous section III. B. 1. This thermal load is deducted from the
defrost heat load calculation, consistent with AHRI 1250 equation C14.)
The existing test is designed to measure the power consumption for
electrical defrost and does not provide a method to measure the energy
use associated with hot-gas defrost systems. DOE is tentatively
proposing correction factors for calculating the heat contribution and
energy use for hot gas defrost systems. The correction factors and
calculations would apply to equipment tested as a matched pair system,
to unit coolers, and to condensing units tested and rated individually.
The correction factor for heat contribution is based on DOE's
assumption that the heat contribution from hot gas defrost is
approximately half that of an equivalent electric defrost. This
estimate is based on the fact that electric defrost heat is supplied
through separate heater rods which radiate more heat to the surrounding
environment, while for hot gas defrost, the hot gas is circulated
through, and the heat is applied directly onto, the refrigerant tubes,
increasing the amount of the coil in contact with the heat source and
reducing the amount of heat lost. DOE is proposing to use a heat
contribution factor of 0.18 Btu per defrost cycle per Btu/h of capacity
at the highest ambient test condition--that is, heat contribution equal
to half of the nominal factor for defrost watt-hours per cycle per Btu/
h of gross capacity proposed in Table III.6, multiplied by a conversion
factor of 3.412 Btu/W-h, and reduced by 10 percent due to meltwater
drainage. The correction factor shall be applied to the AHRI 1250
calculation for daily contribution of the load attributed to defrost,
as follows:
QDF = 0.18 Btu/defrost per Btu/h capacity x Qref x NDF
Where:
Qref = Gross refrigeration capacity in Btu/h as measured
at the high ambient condition (90 [deg]F for indoor systems and 95
[deg]F for outdoor systems)
NDF = Number of defrosts per day; shall be set to the
number recommended in the
[[Page 9832]]
installation instructions for the unit (or if no instructions, shall
be set to 4) for units without adaptive defrost and 2.5 for units
with adaptive defrost to be consistent with the nominal values
determined previously for rating systems without performing the
frosted-coil or optional dry coil defrost test
The daily average defrost energy required for the refrigeration
system (DF) shall be zero for a unit cooler connected to a multiplex
condensing system because the evaporator would be acting as a condenser
extension when taking hot gas from a compressor rack during defrost
operation, and thus would not be expected to add to the rack's energy
use. For a dedicated condensing system, the daily defrost energy shall
be equivalent to half of the calculated daily defrost heat
(QDF) converted from Btu to W-h. This is based on the
assumption that during a hot gas defrost cycle, part of the defrost
heat would be supplied by compressor heat generated during normal
cooling operation, and the refrigeration system would be acting as a
heat pump (i.e., it would be operating in reverse) with a COP of
approximately 2. DOE requests comment on this approach, particularly
with respect to the proposed correction factors. DOE notes that should
a hot gas defrost test be developed, DOE will consider adopting such a
test in a future test procedure rulemaking.
3. Off-Cycle Evaporator Fan Test
AHRI 1250, section C10 contains a method for determining the off-
cycle power of evaporator fans that are controlled by a ``qualifying
control,'' which may include adjustable fan speed control or periodic
``stir cycles'' which turn the fans on and off according to a certain
duty cycle. AHRI 1250, section C10 specifies that ``stir cycle''
controls shall be adjusted so that the greater of a 25 percent duty
cycle or the manufacturer default is used for measuring off-cycle fan
energy; and that variable speed controls shall be adjusted so that the
greater of 25 percent fan speed or the manufacturer's default fan speed
shall be used for measuring off-cycle fan energy. In comments on the
WICF Standards preliminary analysis, which were discussed in the
September 2013 NOPR, interested parties mentioned that a 75 percent
reduction in duty cycle or fan speed could cause temperature
stratification in the interior of the walk-in, which would impact food
safety. DOE proposed in the NOPR to change the fan speed control
characteristics to be equivalent to a 50 percent reduction in duty
cycle or fan speed. (See 78 FR 55818.) Accordingly, DOE is proposing in
this SNOPR to amend the test procedure such that ``stir cycle''
controls shall be adjusted so that the greater of a 50 percent duty
cycle or the manufacturer default is used for measuring off-cycle fan
energy; and that variable speed controls shall be adjusted so that the
greater of 50 percent fan speed or the manufacturer's default fan speed
shall be used for measuring off-cycle fan energy. DOE requests comment
on this proposal.
4. Refrigerant Oil Testing
Most refrigeration systems use oil-lubricated compressors. A small
amount of oil generally escapes the compressor through the discharge
connection and circulates through the system, continually returning to
the compressor in the suction line in a properly-designed and installed
system. Under AHRI 1250, a measurement of the ratio of oil to
refrigerant in the liquid refrigerant passing from the condenser to the
unit cooler is required per ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 41.4. This information
is used to adjust the capacity measurement, since a portion of the
liquid mass flow would be oil that does not contribute to refrigeration
capacity (see AHRI 1250, section C3.4.6). DOE recognizes that this test
requires additional test apparatus and may prove burdensome.
Furthermore, DOE testing has shown that in equipment with integrated
oil-separators, the ratio of oil to refrigerant tends to be lower than
the maximum of 1 percent mandated in AHRI 1250, section C3.4.6.
Therefore, in light of the negligible amount of oil present in the
refrigerant lines in these types of units and thus the very low
likelihood of excess oil being present in the system, DOE is proposing
that condensing units with on-board oil-filters would not be required
to perform this test.
5. Temperature Measurement
The AHRI 1250 procedure specifies a tolerance of 0.2[emsp14][deg]F for all refrigerant temperature measurements
and that temperature measuring instruments must be placed in
thermometer wells (small devices that extend into the refrigerant tube
that contact the refrigerant and provide a more accurate temperature
measurement). DOE notes that measurements to a 0.2 [deg]F
accuracy cannot be obtained by thermocouples and require use of
resistance temperature detectors (RTDs). DOE also notes that
thermometer wells are generally large enough to require large fittings
with diameters significantly larger than those of most refrigerant
tubes used for unit coolers. DOE further notes that thermocouples are
available with accuracy close to the 0.2 [deg]F requirement
in sheathed arrangements, which can more easily achieve the goal of
immersing the temperature sensor into the refrigerant flow. Further,
DOE notes that (a) the impact of the uncertainty of temperature
measurements of refrigerant entering and leaving the unit cooler on the
potential capacity measurement is small enough to be acceptable for an
accuracy requirement of 0.5 [deg]F, and (b) the accuracy
requirement for all other refrigerant temperature measurements could be
relaxed further, since these other measurements have much less effect
on overall test accuracy. In order to address these concerns and
provide more flexibility for testing, DOE is proposing that the
required tolerance for test temperature measurement be maintained at
0.5[emsp14][deg]F for measurements at the inlet and outlet
of the unit cooler, but be altered to 1.0[emsp14][deg]F for
all other temperature measurements, allowing for the use of smaller
temperature measurement probes which can more easily be placed in
contact with the refrigerant while not impeding its flow. Additionally,
DOE is proposing to allow the test to be conducted using sheathed
sensors immersed in the flowing refrigerant for refrigerant temperature
measurements upstream and downstream of the unit cooler, in order to
reduce test burden. No refrigerant temperature measurements other than
those upstream and downstream of the unit cooler would require a
thermometer well or sheathed sensor immersion. DOE requests comment on
these proposed changes to the temperature measurement approach.
6. Test Condition Tolerances
AHRI 1250 specifies the operating test condition tolerances for the
steady-state test (AHRI 1250, Table 2), including tolerances for
electrical voltage. DOE recognizes the importance of also establishing
a test condition tolerance of 1 percent for electrical power frequency,
and proposes to modify the existing test procedure to set a test
condition tolerance for the frequency of electrical power, in keeping
with most other industry-accepted test procedures for refrigeration
systems and similar equipment.
Additionally, since temperature measurements of air leaving the
unit are not used in the calculation of AWEF and do not contribute to
the test results, DOE is proposing to delete the requirements related
to the condition tolerances or measurements of air leaving the unit.
DOE also proposes to remove the tolerances for wet bulb temperature on
the outdoor system conditions, except for units with
[[Page 9833]]
evaporative cooling, as wet bulb temperature (which is an indicator of
humidity) is not expected to impact the performance of air-cooled
condensing units. DOE is proposing to retain all other measurements of
air entering the heat exchangers, including dry bulb outdoor conditions
and dry bulb and wet bulb indoor conditions (wet bulb temperature or
humidity levels greater than the required test conditions could cause
excessive frosting of the coil and affect its rated capacity).
7. Insulation
The existing test procedure specifies that in the test setup, the
pipe lines between the unit cooler and condensing unit ``shall be well
insulated''--a description that lacks specificity. In recognition of
this shortcoming, DOE proposes to modify the setup by requiring a
minimum thermal resistance (R-Value). Based on the most commonly found
insulation materials in field conditions, DOE is proposing that the
insulation be set up as recommended by the manufacturer in installation
literature or, if there is no recommendation, insulation shall be
equivalent to a half-inch thick insulation with a material having an R-
Value of at least 3.7 per inch. Adding this condition should not pose a
significant test burden since insulation material with the specified
resistivity is commonly used and readily available. Under the proposal,
flow meters would not need to be insulated but must not contact the
floor. DOE requests comment on this approach.
8. Composition Analysis
The AHRI 1250 test procedure requires that for systems using
zeotropic refrigerant mixtures (that is, those that have ``glide''--
i.e. refrigerant mixtures that change temperature during a phase change
at constant pressure), a composition analysis of the refrigerant
mixture shall be conducted in order to ensure compliance with AHRI
Standard 520. This test requires that a sample of the superheated vapor
refrigerant be extracted while the system is still running. DOE
recognizes that this procedure can represent substantial test burden,
with comparably insignificant improvements to the accuracy of the final
AWEF measured, and is proposing to delete this requirement from DOE's
test procedure. DOE requests comment on this amendment, given the
limited effect on AWEF if refrigerants with glide are properly liquid-
charged and there are no test system leaks.
9. Piping Length
While DOE's test procedure currently requires that the length of
piping between the condenser and unit cooler be 25 feet, DOE proposes
to clarify that this length does not include the length of any flow
meters that the refrigerant might flow through. Furthermore, in order
to ensure an accurate replication of field conditions, and to prevent
erroneous efficiency measurements due to excessive refrigerant pre-
cooling, DOE proposes to specify that the length of piping allowed
within the cooled space shall be a maximum of 15 feet. In cases where
there are multiple unit coolers and, therefore, multiple branches of
piping, the 15 feet limit would apply to each branch individually as
opposed to the total length of the piping.
10. Other Clarifications and Modifications
DOE is also proposing to clarify the language of the test procedure
in order to address potential areas of confusion. Specifically, DOE is
proposing changes to the list of tests for unit coolers (Table 15:
Refrigerator Unit Cooler and Table 16: Freezer Unit Cooler), in order
to display additional data that are currently included only by
reference to AHRI 420. (Testing standard AHRI 420, Performance Rating
of Forced-Circulation Free-Delivery Unit Coolers for Refrigeration,
establishes definitions and various requirements regarding testing,
data collection marking/name plate information, and conformance
conditions with respect to unit coolers.) Specifically, Tables 15 and
16 are modified to include the liquid inlet saturation temperature and
outlet superheat conditions required in AHRI 420 for testing these
types of unit coolers. DOE is clarifying these values because they can
significantly affect the rated capacity. Also, while the existing test
procedure sets a maximum allowable voltage imbalance for three-phase
power supply, DOE proposes to add a clarification that the stated
maximum imbalance of 2 percent refers to the maximum imbalance for
voltages measured between phases (rather than phase-to-neutral).
C. Test Procedure for WICF Panel R-Value (ASTM C518-04)
Currently, 10 CFR 431.304 Uniform test method for the measurement
of energy consumption of walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers
incorporates by reference ASTM C518-04, a standard method for
determining the thermal transmission properties (i.e. the thermal
conductance or conductivity) of a material using the heat flow meter
apparatus. The heat flow meter apparatus determines the thermal
conductivity of a material by inducing one-dimensional heat flow across
a test specimen and measuring the heat flux and temperature difference
across the specimen. The heat flux measurement is accomplished using a
heat flux transducer, or thermopile. A thermopile consists of multiple
thermocouples and produces an electrical voltage proportional to an
applied thermal gradient. To ascertain the heat flux based on this
electrical voltage, the thermopile must first be calibrated using a
material having a known thermal conductivity. ASTM C518-04 recommends
using a standard material that is traceable to a national standards
laboratory (Section 6.4.2).See ASTM C518-04.
Walk-in wall panels are typically made of rigid foam insulation,
either board-stock type or ``foam-in-place'' type foam, with thin
``facers'' made of metal or other suitable material on either side of
the foam. In order to meet the efficiency standards set by EPCA (42
U.S.C. 6313 (f)(1)(C)), the foam core is typically 3.5 to 6 inches
thick, with the thin facers making an insignificant contribution to the
overall R-value of the panel.
Currently, the DOE test procedure requires that ``foam produced
inside of a panel (``i.e. foam-in-place'') must be tested in its final
foamed state.'' See 10 CFR 431.304(b)(5). Additionally, panels may be
tested using ASTM C518-04 with non-foam protective skins or facers
still attached, but must not include structural members or other non-
foam materials. The procedure does not require manufacturers to
consider non-foam member and/or edge regions when testing to ASTM C518-
04. (10 CFR 431.304 (b)(5)-(6) and (c)(5)-(6)). Regarding these
provisions, DOE clarified in a final rule issued on October 21,
2011,that non-foam members and edge regions are only to be considered
in U-factor testing using ASTM C1363. See 76 FR at 65364.DOE further
stated that the measurement of the R-value of the foam with facers
should be equal to a measurement of the R-value of the foam without the
facers. See id. Metal facers make a negligible contribution to the
overall R-value of the panel because of the high thermal conductivity
of metals typically used as facer material and their small thickness.
For example, for an R-25 foam walk-in cooler panel (4 inches thick)
with two 0.04-inch thick steel facers (each with a thermal conductivity
of 21 Btu/h/ft/[deg]F), the steel facers represent 0.001 percent of the
panel's overall thermal resistance.
[[Page 9834]]
DOE now recognizes that in practice, the inclusion of facers, non-
foam internal members, or edge regions in testing using ASTM C518-04
may produce unreliable results. ASTM C518-04 states that ``special care
shall be taken in the measurement procedure for specimens exhibiting
appreciable inhomogeneities, anisotropies, rigidity, or especially high
or low resistance to heat flow. The use of a heat flow meter apparatus
when there are thermal bridges present in the specimen may yield very
unreliable results.'' (ASTM C518-04 (4.4)) DOE recognizes that ASTM
C518-04's heat flow apparatus testing is intended to measure the
thermal conductivity of a single homogenous material, and that the
industry's standard practice is to remove facers prior to testing WICF
panels. Additionally, DOE testing has shown a minimum of 31 percent and
maximum of 62 percent difference in R-value per inch (R/in) in testing
panels at freezer conditions (20[emsp14][deg]F) with and without
facers.
DOE is also aware that the removal of facers will accelerate the
aging process for polyurethane foams. Over time, the thermal
conductivity of polyurethane foams used for insulation will increase
(resulting in a decreased R-value) due to the diffusion of air into the
foam. The rate at which the thermal conductivity increases depends on
the blowing agent used, thickness of the foam, the permeability of a
facing material, if present, and the temperature at which the foam is
aged. The thermal conductivity of a 0.4 inch-thick foam core without
facers can increase by as much as 20% when aged at 90[emsp14][deg]F for
8 days. However, a 1.5 inch-thick foam core without facers may show a
negligible difference in thermal conductivity when aged at the same
conditions.\4\ Additionally, ASTM C518-04, Section 7.3 states that
materials must be conditioned according to their specifications where
applicable, typically for a period of 24 hours. For the reasons cited
above, DOE proposes a requirement that samples be tested without non-
foam facers, protective skins, non-foam internal members, or edge
regions. DOE also proposes that tests be completed within 48 hours of
being cut to minimize the impact of the accelerated aging process on
the test results.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ See ``Aging of Polyurethane Foam Insulation in Simulated
Refrigerator Panels--Initial Results with Third-Generation Blowing
Agents'' by Kenneth E. Wilkes et al., published by Oak Ridge
National Laboratory for presentation at The Earth Technologies
Forum, October 26-28, 1998, Figures 2 and 4(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE further clarifies that edge regions should make up a small
portion of the area of a full panel assembly and their exclusion should
not have an impact when measuring panel R-value. If DOE later
determines that edge regions comprise a large enough area to warrant
their inclusion when measuring a panel's R-value, DOE will revisit its
regulations in order to ensure the test procedure still results in an
R-value that accurately represents the panel.
Currently, the DOE test procedure allows test samples for foam-in-
place panels to be as thick as 4 inches. If the foam-in-place panel is
thicker than 4 inches, a sample less than or equal to 4 inches thick
would be taken from the center of the foam-in-place panel. If a panel
incorporates foam produced as board stock, the board stock can be
tested as-is before assembly into a panel. (10 CFR 431.304(b)(5) and
(c)(5)) In order to meet the minimum R-value requirements established
in EPCA of R-25 (coolers) or R-32 (freezers) (42 U.S.C. 6313(f)(1)(C)),
walk-in cooler and freezer panels found on the market are often 4
inches in thickness although DOE does not require a specific thickness
to meet the current standards.
ASTM C518-04 makes several recommendations with regard to test
specimen thickness. The measurements obtained using the heat flow meter
apparatus (as in ASTM C518-04) are relative to a calibration standard
with known thermal conductivity. Section 4.5.1.1 requires that this
standard material be measured by a recognized national standards
laboratory. Section 6.1 of ASTM C518-04 states ``the apparatus [heat
flow meter] shall be calibrated with materials having similar thermal
characteristics and thicknesses as the materials to be evaluated.''
Section 6.5.4 states ``if tests are to be conducted at thicknesses
other than the calibrated thickness, make a thorough study of the error
of the heat flow meter apparatus at other thicknesses.'' Furthermore,
ASTM C518-04 states ``the combined thickness of the specimen or
specimens, the heat flux transducer and any damping material, which in
total equals the distance between the cold and hot plates, must be
restricted in order to limit the effect of edge losses on the
measurements.'' (ASTM C518-04 (7.6.1))
DOE recognizes that the most appropriate standard reference
material (SRM) for calibration currently offered by the National
Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) is 1450d (previously
1450c, fibrous glass board material) which has a thickness of 1 inch.
NIST SRM 1453 (polystyrene board) has similar thermal conductivity but
a thickness of 0.5 inches. A 4-inch thick, R-32 test specimen is,
therefore, 4 times thicker than the 1450c/d SRM and has approximately 8
times the thermal resistance.
In light of recommendations in ASTM C518-04 cited above, DOE
believes the current discrepancies between a test sample thickness and
calibration standard thickness and between a test sample thermal
resistance and calibration standard thermal resistance could contribute
to error in measuring the thermal resistance of the test sample.
Therefore, DOE proposes to reduce the allowable thickness of the sample
from no more than 4 inches to no more than 1 inch. This thickness is
the same as the NIST SRM 1450c/d calibration standard and DOE believes
that this modification to the test procedure will reduce the error
associated with the discrepancies listed above. DOE is also proposing
that this 1 inch thickness test sample be taken from the center of a
panel (meaning centered on a plane half the distance between the
surfaces on which facers were attached), as the foam aging process
previously described occurs at a faster rate closer to exposed
surfaces. Material at the center of the panel will have experienced the
smallest effect of foam aging.
The DOE test procedure at 10 CFR 431.304 does not currently place
any restriction on the uniformity of the shape of the test specimen
surfaces that contact the hot and cold plates of the heat flow meter.
However, accurate and reliable measurements of the heat flux and
surface temperatures depend on uniform contact between the hot and cold
plates and the specimen surfaces. Section 7.4.3 of ASTM C518-04 states
that rigid or high conductance specimen surfaces ``should be made flat
and parallel to the same degree as the heat-flow-meter.'' Furthermore,
any cutting operation used to remove the facers and/or reduce the
thickness of the foam test specimen may leave undesirable surface
incongruities or voids, resulting in poor contact between the plate and
specimen and yielding unreliable test results.
With regard to panel testing using ASTM C518-04, and in light of
the evidence cited above, DOE is proposing that test specimens be 1
inch in thickness and cut from the center of a WICF panel (thus
removing the facer material). This thickness is in keeping with
currently available SRMs from NIST and would result in test specimens
with the same thickness as the 1450c/d SRM and approximately 2 times
the thermal resistance. DOE also proposes tolerances of 0.03 inches on
[[Page 9835]]
the flatness of both test specimen surfaces and a tolerance of 0.03 inches on the parallelism between the test specimen surfaces
to ensure uniform contact between theses surfaces and the hot and cold
plates of the heat flow meter. DOE proposes that testing be completed
within 48 hours of sample cutting in order to mitigate the effects of
foam aging on the test results.
DOE also proposes the addition of a tolerance of 1
degree Fahrenheit on the mean temperature at which panels are tested.
This is proposed to ensure repeatability of, and comparability between,
tests. Currently, the test procedure does not specify a tolerance for
these temperatures (20 degrees Fahrenheit for freezers and 55 degrees
Fahrenheit for coolers). (10 CFR 431.304(b)(3), (b)(4), (c)(3) and
(c)(4)) DOE believes that with the reduction in test sample thickness
and removal of facers or other non-foam elements, heat gain from the
surrounding environment into the test apparatus and sample should be
reduced. DOE testing showed that at freezer conditions 4 inch thick
samples with facers maintained an average mean temperature of
22.8[emsp14][deg]F while a 1 inch thick sample without facers
maintained a mean temperature of 19.5[emsp14][deg]F (as compared to
mean temperature 20[emsp14][deg]F as required by the DOE test
procedure). (10 CRF 431.304(b)(3) and(c)(3)) Based on research and test
data described, DOE is proposing that the mean temperatures prescribed
in the test procedure should be more precisely maintained and 1 degree Fahrenheit tolerance can be achieved.
DOE clarifies the phrase ``final chemical form'' in 10 CFR
431.304(b)(5) and (c)(5). For ``foam-in-place'' or ``blown'' foams
(typically polyurethane), ``final chemical form'' means the foam is
cured as intended and ready for use as a finished panel. For foam
produced as board stock (typically polystyrene), ``final chemical
form'' means after extrusion and ready for assembly into a panel or
after assembly into a panel. DOE recognizes that air continuously
diffuses into the foam as part of the aging process, and so ``final
chemical form'' is ambiguous in this regard. As proposed, testing would
be completed within 48 hours of samples being cut for testing to
minimize the effect of accelerated aging on the thermal conductivity
when the foam is directly exposed to air. Furthermore, DOE is proposing
to remove language from paragraphs (b)(5) and (c)(5) that is believed
to be redundant. Specifically, the requirement that ``foam produced
inside of a panel (``foam-in-place'') must be tested in its final
foamed state'' would be removed, as the requirement that foam be in it
final chemical form as described above is sufficient.
DOE recognizes that some panels contain two or more different
layers of insulating material. To accommodate these types of panels,
DOE is proposing that for panels that have more than one type of
insulating material, a sample of each material shall be tested as
specified in 10 CFR 431.304 and the R-value of the panel shall be
calculated according to the proportion the materials occur in the
panel. Therefore, for a panel with i types of insulating material, the
R-Value shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP20FE14.002
Where:
ki is the k factor of type i material as measured by ASTM
C518, and ti is the thickness of type i material that
appears in the panel.
DOE requests comment on this formula.
In paragraphs (b), (b)(6), (c) and (c)(6) of 10 CFR 431.304, DOE is
proposing to remove references to manufacturers. The requirements of
these paragraphs are not limited to testing performed by manufacturers.
Independent testing laboratories or other entities would be responsible
for meeting these requirements for any testing that has its purpose as
described in paragraphs (b) and (c), namely for certifying compliance
with applicable energy conservation standards and, since October 12,
2011, for representations of energy efficiency or energy use.
D. Performance-Based Test Procedures for Walk-In Coolers and Freezers
As described above, WICF panels must meet prescriptive requirements
for foam insulation R-values based on ASTM C518-04 testing incorporated
in 10 CFR 431.304. Additionally, the test procedure at Appendix A to
Subpart R of Part 431 (Uniform Test Method for the Measurement of
Energy Consumption of the Components of Envelopes of Walk-In Coolers
and Walk-In Freezers) establishes the method and metrics by which the
energy consumption (envelope components) or efficiency (refrigeration
components) may be measured; this includes floor and non-floor panels.
Sections 4.2 and 4.3 establish the calculation procedures that result
in a thermal conductivity, U-value, metric for floor and non-floor
panels, and sections 5.1 and 5.2 establish the methods by which the
required measurements are taken. Section 5.1 incorporates by reference
ASTM C1363-05 Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building
Materials and Envelope Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus;
section 5.2 incorporates by reference Annex C Determination of the aged
values of thermal resistance and thermal conductivity of DIN EN 13164
and DIN EN 13165.
While ASTM C518-04 testing is intended to establish the thermal
resistance of the center of a WICF panel, the required testing to ASTM
C1363-05 is intended to capture the overall thermal transmittance of a
WICF panel, including thermal bridges and edge effects (Note: Thermal
transmittance is the reciprocal of thermal resistance). Similar to ASTM
C518-04, DIN EN 13164/13165 testing is intended to measure the thermal
resistance of the center of a WICF panel; however, DIN EN 13164/13165
also captures the effects of foam aging on the thermal resistance.
In response the September 2013 standards NOPR, the Department
received a number of comments regarding the WICF panel test procedure.
Some stakeholders supported the use of the U-value metric. Nor-Lake
commented that U-factor was an acceptable metric for panels. ([Docket
No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Nor-Lake, No 115 at p. 2) NEEA supported
the use of a basic model U-value for specifying the panel efficiency.
NEEA added that the current metric set by Congress--the R-value from
ASTM C518--does not adequately measure the broad range of panel types
and configurations available. In NEEA's view, a panel U-value, as
defined in the proposed standard, would be far more accurate in
assessing panel efficiency. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; NEEA
et al, No. 101 at p.2)
DOE also received a number of comments expressing concern over the
availability and capability of laboratories to conduct the DOE test
procedure for determining panel U-value, specifically ASTM C1363-10, EN
13164:2009-02, and EN 13165:2009-02. Thermo-Kool, Kysor, Imperial-
Brown, and Hillphoenix each stated that they have not identified any
laboratories capable of conducting the long-term thermal aging test
methods required under EN 13164:2009-02 and EN 13165:2009-02. ([Docket
No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Thermo-Kool, No. 97 at p. 1; Kysor, No. 88
at p. 67; Imperial-Brown, No. 98 at p. 1; Hillphoenix, No. 107 at p. 2)
Bally recommended that long-term thermal aging be dropped from the
proposed standard until more resources, which DOE infers to mean test
labs, are available in the United States. ([Docket
[[Page 9836]]
No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Bally, No. 102 at p. 2) Thermo-Kool, Kysor,
Manitowoc, Imperial-Brown, and Hillphoenix commented that only two
laboratories in the United States are capable of conducting ASTM C1363-
10. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Thermo-Kool, No. 97 at p. 1;
Kysor, No. 88 at p. 67; Manitowoc, No. 108 at p. 1; Imperial-Brown, No.
98 at p. 1; Hillphoenix, No. 107 at p. 2)
AHRI noted that American laboratories were largely unfamiliar with
ASTM C1363-05, DIN EN 13164:2009-02, and DIN EN 13165:2009-02. Further,
AHRI commented that the limited supply of testing capacity and the
increased demand for testing as a result of the proposed rule could
raise the cost of testing. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; AHRI,
No. 114 at p.4) Manufacturers reiterated that the limited number of
test facilities available would increase testing costs. Hillphoenix and
Imperial-Brown commented that the insufficient number of third-party
test facilities in the United States would significantly increase
testing costs, which would heavily impact small manufacturers. ([Docket
No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Hillphoenix, No. 107 at pp. 2 and 6)
Hillphoenix estimated that testing panels would result in testing costs
higher than $500,000 per manufacturer. Hillphoenix recommended DOE
allow AEDMs for walk-in panel certification to reduce this financial
burden. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Hillphoenix, No. 107 at
p.6) Louisville Cooler also commented that the cost of testing panels
was prohibitive, especially for small manufacturers, and stated that
there was not a test facility or certification body that could perform
the test. Louisville cooler suggested DOE determine if at least three
test facilities are capable of performing the DOE test procedure for
walk-in panels. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Louisville Cooler,
No. 81 at p.1 and Public Meeting Transcript, No. 88 at pp. 83-84)
Other manufacturers commented that the current cost of testing at a
third-party facility is too high. American Panel commented that the
ASTM C1363-10 test has a cost-burden of around $4000 for each test (a
cost it considers excessive) and that ATSM C518 is more practical for
measuring the heat gain through insulation panels. ([Docket No. EERE-
2008-BT-STD-0015]; American Panel, No. 99 at p. 1) American Panel
further remarked that small manufacturers could not absorb this testing
cost. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; American Panel, No. 99 at p.
2) Manitowoc, US Cooler, and Nor-Lake also commented that the testing
requirements would cause a significant financial burden to small
manufacturers ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Manitowoc, No. 108
at p. 4; U.S. Cooler, No. 75 at p. 1; Nor-Lake, No. 115 at p.3)
Imperial Brown estimated that the total cost of testing would be in the
range of $2.5 million per manufacturer, which is prohibitive
particularly for small businesses.([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015];
Imperial Brown, No. 98 at pp. 2 and 4) Imperial Brown did not clarify
if the $2.5 million test cost was solely for certification of walk-in
panels. ICS, et al. stated that the high cost of testing to ASTM C1363-
10 will create a significant burden on all manufacturers and
recommended that DOE use ASTM C518. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-
0015]; CT/TR/ICS, No. 100 at p. 5)
Two manufacturers noted that laboratory availability would impact
manufacturers' ability to meet the test procedure effective date.
Manitowoc commented that the limited number of laboratories makes it
difficult for manufacturers to meet the test procedure effective date.
([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Manitowoc, No. 108 at p.1) Kysor
also recommended that DOE extend the test procedure effective date
until more labs are qualified to perform the walk-in panel tests.
([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Kysor, No. 88 at p. 67; Kyson, No.
88 at p. 35)
DOE also received comments opposing the long-term thermal aging
test methods. Bally expressed confusion as to how the long-term thermal
aging tests were incorporated into the proposed standard. ([Docket No.
EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Bally, No. 102 at p. 2) Imperial-Brown noted
that EN 13165:2009-02 requires panels to be [aged] for 6 months, which
creates additional burden for manufacturers. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-
STD-0015]; Imperial-Brown, No. 98 at p. 1) CT/TR/ICS commented that the
thermal [aging] testing is unnecessary because the time frame required
for a significant reduction in panel R-value is likely beyond the
panel's useable lifetime. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; CT/TR/
ICS, No. 100 at p. 1)
Interested parties also opposed using the U-value as the efficiency
metric for walk-in panels. Bally did not support using the U-value as a
metric for panels because of what it viewed as the lack of laboratories
that are capable of performing ASTM C1363, the unknown cost of testing,
and the variability in construction methods--all of which make it
difficult to ascertain a U-value for a panel. In its view, ASTM C1363-
05 is a cumbersome test method with little added value. Bally
recommended DOE continue to use R-value as the metric because panel
manufacturers are already accustomed to the DOE test procedure for
determining R-value (10 CFR 431.304(a)). ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-
0015]; Bally, No. 102 at p. 1-2)
Thermo-Kool commented that the U-factor test alone does not
determine the overall energy use of the envelope because there are
other factors that play a larger role in the envelope's energy use such
as the refrigeration system, lighting, and infiltration. Thermo-Kool
asserted that R-value as measured by ASTM C518 was a sufficient metric
for measuring panel performance and the R-value could be used to
calculate U-value. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Thermo-Kool,
No. 97 at pp.1-2)
Imperial-Brown, Kysor, and Hillphoenix recommended using the R-
value calculated from ASTM C518 in order to reduce the burdensome test
requirements. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Imperial-Brown, No.
98 at p. 1-2; Kysor, No. 88 at p. 35; Hillphoenix, No. 107 at p. 2)
AHRI recommended that DOE translate the proposed standard to
prescriptive requirements to eliminate testing requirements or increase
the current R-value standards. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015];
AHRI, No. 114 at p. 2)
Several manufacturers suggested alternative methods of determining
a walk-in panel's overall thermal conductivity or resistance.
Hillphoenix suggested DOE use a calculation methodology with thermal
resistance values from the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook for components
like the perimeter frame, additional blocking, metal layers and large
metal lock housings to determine the panel's overall U-value. ([Docket
No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Hillphoenix, No. 107 at p. 2) CA IOU
recommended reducing testing burden by using a calculation approach for
U-factor based on measured U-factor of foam and framing components.
([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; CA IOU, No. 88 at p. 86) Kysor
agreed with CA IOU's proposal because it is less costly to
manufacturers. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Kysor, No. 88 at
p.86) ICS commented that thermal transmission properties of all panel
components are available and can be used to calculate overall R-value.
([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; CT/TR/ICS, No. 100 at pp. 5-6)
Bally recommended that a panel's U-
[[Page 9837]]
value be calculated using a ratio of the edge area to total area.
([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Bally, No. 88, at p. 367 and
Bally, No. 102 at p. 5) American Panel commented that the ratio of
frame to perimeter widely varied with panel size and its use was not
sufficiently penalizing manufacturers of large panels using wooden
frames or other inefficient designs. Further, American Panel suggested
that the R-value of panels be calculated using a weighted average of
the R-values of the frame and the core. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-
0015]; American Panel, No. 88 at p. 369)
Architectural Testing, an independent test facility, suggested
specific changes. It noted that 10 CFR 431.304 appendix A, section 5.1
describes a test sequence that is not efficient or cost effective. They
recommended performing the ASTM C1363 on two assembled panels, after
which a core sample from one of the panels tested with ASTM C1363 could
then be tested according to ASTM C518 at the same surface temperatures
as the ASTM C1363 test. Architectural Testing also recommended that DOE
align the test conditions described in 10 CFR 431.304 appendix A,
section 5.3 for ASTM C1363 to the conditions required for testing
display and non-display doors with NFRC 100. Architectural Testing
further stated that the long-term thermal aging tests, EN 13164 and EN
13165, reference other European standards, like EN 12667 or EN 12939,
which are similar to ASTM C518. Architectural Testing recommended that
DOE modify the test procedure so that the intent of EN 13165 and 13165
is still followed, but that the thermal measurements would be conducted
according to ASTM C518. Finally, Architectural Testing recommended that
DOE remove the sample size limitations from 10 CFR 431.304 appendix A,
section 5.2 because these sample sizes are uncommon and cause increased
testing costs. ([Docket No. EERE-2008-BT-STD-0015]; Architectural
Testing, No. 111 at pp. 1-3)
In response to the extensive number of comments DOE received
regarding test burden and lab availability, DOE is proposing to remove
the test procedures in 10 CFR 431, Appendix A to Subpart R that
reference ASTM C1363-05 and DIN EN 13164/13165 and their accompanying
calculation procedures, leaving only ASTM C518-04 testing in 10 CFR
431.304 for establishing the thermal resistance of WICF panels. This
would remove in their entirety sections 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 5.2 from 10
CFR 431, Appendix A of Subpart R.
DOE is also proposing several minor changes to section 5.3 for
clarification purposes only. Specifically, DOE is proposing that
section 5.3(a)(2)'s title change from ``Internal conditions'' to
``Cold-side conditions'' and section 5.3(a)(3)'s title change from
``External conditions'' to ``Warm-side conditions.'' The terms
``internal'' and ``external'' are irrelevant in the context of the
testing apparatus described in NFRC 100[E0A1] (incorporated by
reference). DOE also proposes to specify the surface convective heat
transfer coefficients referred to in paragraph (a)(1); these values are
30 Watts per meter-Kelvin (W/m-K) for the cold side of the hot box
apparatus and 7.7 W/m-K for the warm side. This proposed change would
only clarify these terms. These values are specified in ASTM C1199-09
Standard Test Method for Measuring the Steady-State Thermal
Transmittance of Fenestration Systems Using Hot Box Methods which is
referred to by NFRC 100[E0A1].
E. Sampling Plan
In order to determine a certified rating for certifying compliance
or making energy use representations, DOE requires manufacturers to
test each basic model in accordance with the applicable DOE test
procedure and apply the sampling plan. In today's notice, DOE is
proposing a sampling plan for walk-ins consistent with other commercial
equipment regulated under EPCA. The sampling requirements are included
in the proposed section 429.53 of Subpart B of 10 CFR Part 429. For
consistency with other commercial equipment regulated under EPCA, DOE
is proposing that a minimum of two units of a WICF component basic
model be tested to develop a representative rating, as prescribed in 10
CFR 429.11. However, manufacturers may test more units of a basic
model, if desired. DOE is proposing that any represented energy
consumption values of a walk-in basic model shall be lower than or
equal to the higher of the mean of the sample or the 95 percent lower
confidence limit (UCL) of the true mean divided by 1.05. Additionally,
DOE is proposing that any represented energy efficiency values of a
walk-in basic model shall be greater than or equal to the lower of the
mean of the sample or the 95 percent lower confidence limit (LCL) of
the true mean divided by 0.95.
F. Compliance With Other EPCA Requirements
In amending a test procedure, EPCA generally directs DOE to
determine to what extent, if any, the proposed amendments would alter
the measured energy efficiency or measured energy use of a covered
product. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(1)) If the amended test procedure alters
the measured energy efficiency or measured energy use, the Secretary
must amend the applicable energy conservation standard accordingly. (42
U.S.C. 6293(e)(2))
With regard to the AEDMs for WICF refrigeration systems, energy
conservation standards for refrigeration systems have not been
established. Therefore, this aspect of DOE's proposal (i.e. permitting
the use of separate AEDMs when rating the unit cooler and condenser
unit) would not implicate this particular provision. DOE will, of
course, consider any impacts from the adopted approach it finalizes as
part of its standards analysis.
DOE tentatively concludes the amendments to the test procedure for
walk-in cooler and freezer panels at 10 CFR 431.304 described in
section III.B above will not have an impact on the measurement of
energy consumption. With regards to the removal of facers as described
above in section III.B, the thin metal facers that are adjoined to the
foam WICF panel would ensure accurate and reliable test results and to
better align the DOE test procedure with the requirements of ASTM C518-
04.
With regard to the proposed requirements for the thickness of the
WICF panel test specimen in section III.B, the thermal conductivity
that is measured during ASTM C518-04 is an intrinsic property of the
material itself and this requirement is proposed to ensure reliable
measurement of this property. The nominal thickness of the original
WICF panel assembly would still be divided by this thermal conductivity
(1/K multiplied by panel thickness) to arrive at the panel R-value.
Therefore, the R-value obtained is still comparable to the currently
prescribed energy conservation standards.
The proposed requirements of section III.B concerning the flatness
and parallelism of the test specimen surfaces are intended to ensure
accurate test results. While the incorporated by reference ASTM C518-04
makes recommendations regarding the flatness and parallelism of these
surfaces, DOE believes it is necessary to prescribe greater specificity
for these parameters to improve consistency and repeatability during
testing. Again, this proposed requirement would not alter the end R-
value result in such a way as to require amendment of the energy
conservation standards.
DOE also tentatively concludes that the addition of tolerances to
the mean temperature of the test will have no effect on the measurement
of panel R-value. The mean temperatures prescribed for testing (20
degrees
[[Page 9838]]
Fahrenheit for freezer panels and 55 degrees Fahrenheit for cooler
panels) are not being altered from their current values. Rather this
tolerance is proposed as a means for ensuring test repeatability and
comparability.
Performance-based energy conservation standards that would rely on
the test procedures described in 10 CFR part 431, Subpart R, Appendix
A, as well as the AHRI 1250 test procedure, have not yet been
established by DOE. Therefore, the changes proposed in today's notice--
i.e., the removal of ASTM C1363, DIN EN 13165, and DIN EN 13164; the
amendments to NFRC 100[E0A1]; and the amendments to AHRI 1250--will not
affect the measurement of any current energy conservation standards.
IV. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review
A. Review Under Executive Order 12866
The Office of Management and Budget has determined that test
procedure rulemakings do not constitute ``significant regulatory
actions'' under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, ``Regulatory
Planning and Review,'' 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993). Accordingly, this
regulatory action was not subject to review under the Executive Order
by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) in the
Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601, et seq.) requires the
preparation of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (IRFA) for
any rule that by law must be proposed for public comment, unless the
agency certifies that the rule, if promulgated, will not have a
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
As required by Executive Order 13272, ``Proper Consideration of Small
Entities in Agency Rulemaking,'' 67 FR 53461 (August 16, 2002), DOE
published procedures and policies on February 19, 2003, to ensure that
the potential impacts of its rules on small entities are properly
considered during the DOE rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE has made
its procedures and policies available on the Office of the General
Counsel's Web site: www.gc.doe.gov. DOE reviewed the test procedures
considered in today's SNOPR under the provisions of the Regulatory
Flexibility Act (RFA) and the policies and procedures published on
February 19, 2003.
DOE reviewed the AEDM requirements and the test procedure
modifications being proposed under the provisions of the Regulatory
Flexibility Act and the procedures and policies published on February
19, 2003. As discussed in more detail below, DOE found that because the
provisions of this proposed rule will not result in increased testing
and/or reporting burden for manufacturers and would, if adopted, permit
additional manufacturers to use an AEDM for the purposes of rating and
certifying their equipment, which would reduce manufacturer testing
burden. Accordingly, based on DOE's review, manufacturers are unlikely
to experience increased financial burden if the provisions presented in
today's proposal are adopted.
First, DOE is proposing to allow walk-in manufacturers to use an
AEDM to certify their products. Previously, no walk-in manufacturers
were eligible to use an AEDM. Today's proposal would adopt voluntary
methods for certifying compliance in lieu of conducting actual physical
testing--which in turn, would reduce the testing and reporting burden
of walk-in manufacturers who elect to use an AEDM to certify their
equipment. Furthermore, the proposed validation requirements for an
AEDM would not require more testing than that which is currently
required under DOE's regulations at 10 CFR 429.12. While the Department
believes that permitting greater use of AEDMs will reduce the affected
manufacturer's test burden, their use is at the manufacturer's
discretion. If, as a result of any of the regulations herein, a
manufacturer believes that use of an AEDM would increase rather than
decrease their financial burden, the manufacturer may choose not to
employ the method. Should a manufacturer choose to abstain from using
an AEDM, this provision, if adopted, would not apply and the
manufacturer would continue to remain subject to the requirements of
the applicable DOE test procedures for walk-ins, which would result in
no change in burden from that which is required currently.
DOE is also codifying alternate methods for certifying individual
walk-in cooler and freezer components, which should further decrease
the burden of existing DOE regulations. DOE is currently undertaking an
energy conservation standards rulemaking to set performance standards
for walk-in cooler components, including panels, doors, and
refrigeration systems. Under the provisions of the March 2011 Final
Rule, the ``component'' manufacturer would be required to certify
compliance with these standards once they go into effect--however,
there were no provisions for manufacturers of individual refrigeration
components (i.e. unit coolers and condensing units) to separately
certify their components to an energy conservation standard, since the
proposed refrigeration system standard would apply to the whole
refrigeration system. These manufacturers could potentially have
incurred a large burden by having to test all combinations of the
components they wished to certify. Additionally, manufacturers of only
one type of component could have been inadvertently prevented from
selling their equipment because there would have been no available
certification mechanism. This SNOPR proposes an alternate certification
methodology by which manufacturers of either component of a walk-in
refrigeration system--the condensing unit or the unit cooler--may
certify compliance with the applicable standard without having to test
every combination of components that they produce. DOE believes this
approach will significantly reduce the testing and certification burden
for all manufacturers, including small businesses.
Finally, DOE is proposing to adopt several clarifications and
modifications to the existing test procedures that are intended to
further reduce testing burden. For example, DOE is proposing not to
require the use of long-term thermal resistance testing of foam and to
allow manufacturers to certify their panels based on testing to ASTM
C518, a simpler test method that is already in use in the industry. For
a complete list of test procedure modifications, see section III.
For the reasons enumerated above, DOE is certifying that this
proposal, if promulgated, would not have a significant impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
A walk-in manufacturer must certify to DOE that its equipment
complies with all applicable energy conservation standards. In
certifying compliance, manufacturers must test their products according
to the DOE test procedures for walk-in equipment, including any
amendments adopted for those test procedures, on the date that
compliance is required. DOE has established regulations for the
certification and recordkeeping requirements for all covered consumer
products and commercial equipment, including direct heating equipment
and pool heaters. 76 FR 12422 (March 7, 2011). The collection-of-
information requirement for certification and recordkeeping is
[[Page 9839]]
subject to review and approval by OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA). This requirement has been approved by OMB under OMB control
number 1910-1400. Public reporting burden for the certification is
estimated to average 20 hours per response, including the time for
reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and
maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the
collection of information.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is
required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty
for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the
requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays
a currently valid OMB Control Number.
D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
DOE is proposing amendments to its test procedures and related
provisions for walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers. DOE has determined
that this proposal falls into a class of actions that are categorically
excluded from review under the National Environmental Policy Act of
1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and DOE's implementing regulations at 10
CFR part 1021. This proposed rule would amend the existing test
procedures without affecting the amount, quality, or distribution of
energy usage, and, therefore, would not result in any environmental
impacts. Thus, this rulemaking is covered by Categorical Exclusion A5
under 10 CFR part 1021, subpart D, which applies to any rulemaking that
interprets or amends an existing rule without changing the
environmental effect of that rule. Accordingly, neither an
environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is
required.
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
Executive Order 13132, ``Federalism,'' 64 FR 43255 (August 10,
1999), imposes certain requirements on Federal agencies formulating and
implementing policies or regulations that preempt State law or that
have federalism implications. The Executive Order requires agencies to
examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any
action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the States, and
to carefully assess the necessity for such actions. The Executive Order
also requires agencies to have an accountable process to ensure
meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the
development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications.
On March 14, 2000, DOE published a statement of policy describing the
intergovernmental consultation process it will follow in the
development of such regulations. (65 FR 13735) DOE has examined this
proposed rule and has tentatively determined that it would not have a
substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between
the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power
and responsibilities among the various levels of government. EPCA
governs and prescribes Federal preemption of State regulations as to
energy conservation for the products that are the subject of today's
proposed rule. States can petition DOE for exemption from such
preemption to the extent, and based on criteria, set forth in EPCA. (42
U.S.C. 6297) No further action is required by Executive Order 13132.
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
Regarding the review of existing regulations and the promulgation
of new regulations, section 3(a) of Executive Order 12988, ``Civil
Justice Reform,'' 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996), imposes on Federal
agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1)
Eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity; (2) write regulations to
minimize litigation; (3) provide a clear legal standard for affected
conduct rather than a general standard; and (4) promote simplification
and burden reduction. Regarding the review required by section 3(a),
section 3(b) of Executive Order 12988 specifically requires that
Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the
regulation: (1) Clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any; (2)
clearly specifies any effect on existing Federal law or regulation; (3)
provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct while promoting
simplification and burden reduction; (4) specifies the retroactive
effect, if any; (5) adequately defines key terms; and (6) addresses
other important issues affecting clarity and general draftsmanship
under any guidelines issued by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of
Executive Order 12988 requires Executive agencies to review regulations
in light of applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b) to determine
whether they are met or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them.
DOE has completed the required review and tentatively determined that,
to the extent permitted by law, the proposed rule meets the relevant
standards of Executive Order 12988.
G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA)
requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal
regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the
private sector. (Pub. L. 104-4, sec. 201, codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531)
For regulatory actions likely to result in a rule that may cause the
expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate,
or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year
(adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a
Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the
resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy.
(2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) UMRA also requires a Federal agency to develop
an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers of
State, local, and Tribal governments on a proposed ``significant
intergovernmental mandate,'' and requires an agency plan for giving
notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially affected small
governments before establishing any requirements that might
significantly or uniquely affect them. On March 18, 1997, DOE published
a statement of policy on its process for intergovernmental consultation
under UMRA. (62 FR 12820) (This policy is also available at
www.gc.doe.gov/gc/office-general-counsel.) DOE examined today's
proposed rule according to UMRA and its statement of policy and has
tentatively determined that the rule contains neither an
intergovernmental mandate, nor a mandate that may result in the
expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate,
or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any year.
Accordingly, no further assessment or analysis is required under UMRA.
H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act,
1999
Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations
Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family
Policymaking Assessment for any rule that may affect family well-being.
This rule would not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the
family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it is not
necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment.
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
Pursuant to Executive Order 12630, ``Governmental Actions and
Interference
[[Page 9840]]
with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights,'' 53 FR 8859 (March
18, 1988), DOE has determined that this proposed rule would not result
in any takings that might require compensation under the Fifth
Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.
J. Review Under Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act,
2001
Section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations
Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note) provides for Federal agencies to
review most disseminations of information to the public under
information quality guidelines established by each agency pursuant to
general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB's guidelines were published at 67
FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR
62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). DOE has reviewed today's proposed rule under the
OMB and DOE guidelines and has concluded that it is consistent with
applicable policies in those guidelines.
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
Executive Order 13211, ``Actions Concerning Regulations That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,'' 66 FR 28355
(May 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OIRA
at OMB, a Statement of Energy Effects for any significant energy
action. A ``significant energy action'' is defined as any action by an
agency that promulgates or is expected to lead to promulgation of a
final rule, and that: (1) Is a significant regulatory action under
Executive Order 12866, or any successor order; and (2) is likely to
have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use
of energy; or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a
significant energy action. For any proposed significant energy action,
the agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on
energy supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented,
and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected
benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use.
DOE has reviewed today's proposal and determined, it would not have
a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of
energy, nor has it been designated as a significant energy action by
the Administrator of OIRA. Therefore, it is not a significant energy
action, and, accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy
Effects for this rulemaking.
L. Review Under Section 32 of the Federal Energy Administration Act of
1974
Under section 301 of the Department of Energy Organization Act
(Pub. L. 95-91; 42 U.S.C. 7101, et seq.), DOE must comply with all laws
applicable to the former Federal Energy Administration, including
section 32 of the Federal Energy Administration Act of 1974 (Pub. L.
93-275), as amended by the Federal Energy Administration Authorization
Act of 1977 (Pub. L. 95-70). (15 U.S.C. 788; FEAA) Section 32 provides
in relevant part that, where a proposed rule authorizes or requires use
of commercial standards, the notice of proposed rulemaking must inform
the public of the use and background of such standards. In addition,
section 32(c) requires DOE to consult with the Attorney General and the
Chairman of the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) concerning the impact of
the commercial or industry standards on competition. Today's proposed
rule does not propose to incorporate any commercial standards. The
commercial standards discussed in today's rulemaking were already
adopted in the Test Procedures for Walk-In Coolers and Walk-In
Freezers, which was published in the Federal Register on April 15,
2011. 76 FR 21580. DOE conducted a review under Section 32 of the
Federal Energy Administration Act of 1974 in the April 2011 test
procedure final rule. 76 FR 21580, 21604.
V. Public Participation
A. Submission of Comments
DOE will accept comments, data, and information regarding this
proposed rule before or after the public meeting, but no later than the
date provided in the DATES section at the beginning of this proposed
rule. Interested parties may submit comments using any of the methods
described in the ADDRESSES section at the beginning of this notice.
All submissions received must include the agency name and docket
number and/or RIN for this rulemaking. No telefacsimilies (faxes) will
be accepted.
Submitting comments via regulations.gov. The www.regulations.gov
Web page will require you to provide your name and contact information.
Your contact information will be viewable to DOE Building Technologies
staff only. Your contact information will not be publicly viewable
except for your first and last names, organization name (if any), and
submitter representative name (if any). If your comment is not
processed properly because of technical difficulties, DOE will use this
information to contact you. If DOE cannot read your comment due to
technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, DOE
may not be able to consider your comment.
However, your contact information will be publicly viewable if you
include it in the comment itself or in any documents attached to your
comment. Any information that you do not want to be publicly viewable
should not be included in your comment, nor in any document attached to
your comment. Otherwise, persons viewing comments will see only first
and last names, organization names, correspondence containing comments,
and any documents submitted with the comments.
Do not submit to www.regulations.gov information for which
disclosure is restricted by statute, such as trade secrets and
commercial or financial information (hereinafter referred to as
Confidential Business Information (CBI)). Comments submitted through
www.regulations.gov cannot be claimed as CBI. Comments received through
the Web site will waive any CBI claims for the information submitted.
For information on submitting CBI, see the Confidential Business
Information section.
DOE processes submissions made through www.regulations.gov before
posting. Normally, comments will be posted within a few days of being
submitted. However, if large volumes of comments are being processed
simultaneously, your comment may not be viewable for up to several
weeks. Please keep the comment tracking number that www.regulations.gov
provides after you have successfully uploaded your comment.
Submitting comments via email, hand delivery/courier, or mail.
Comments and documents submitted via email, hand delivery/courier, or
mail also will be posted to www.regulations.gov. If you do not want
your personal contact information to be publicly viewable, do not
include it in your comment or any accompanying documents. Instead,
provide your contact information in a cover letter. Include your first
and last names, email address, telephone number, and optional mailing
address. The cover letter will not be publicly viewable as long as it
does not include any comments.
Include contact information each time you submit comments, data,
documents, and other information to DOE. If you submit via mail or hand
delivery/courier, please provide all items on a CD, if feasible, in
which case it is not
[[Page 9841]]
necessary to submit printed copies. No telefacsimiles (faxes) will be
accepted.
Comments, data, and other information submitted to DOE
electronically should be provided in PDF (preferred), Microsoft Word or
Excel, WordPerfect, or text (ASCII) file format. Provide documents that
are not secured, written in English, and are free of any defects or
viruses. Documents should not contain special characters or any form of
encryption and, if possible, they should carry the electronic signature
of the author.
Campaign form letters. Please submit campaign form letters by the
originating organization in batches of between 50 to 500 form letters
per PDF or as one form letter with a list of supporters' names compiled
into one or more PDFs. This reduces comment processing and posting
time.
Confidential Business Information. Pursuant to 10 CFR 1004.11, any
person submitting information that he or she believes to be
confidential and exempt by law from public disclosure should submit via
email, postal mail, or hand delivery/courier two well-marked copies:
One copy of the document marked ``confidential'' including all the
information believed to be confidential, and one copy of the document
marked ``non-confidential'' with the information believed to be
confidential deleted. Submit these documents via email or on a CD, if
feasible. DOE will make its own determination about the confidential
status of the information and treat it according to its determination.
Factors of interest to DOE when evaluating requests to treat
submitted information as confidential include: (1) A description of the
items; (2) whether and why such items are customarily treated as
confidential within the industry; (3) whether the information is
generally known by or available from other sources; (4) whether the
information has previously been made available to others without
obligation concerning its confidentiality; (5) an explanation of the
competitive injury to the submitting person which would result from
public disclosure; (6) when such information might lose its
confidential character due to the passage of time; and (7) why
disclosure of the information would be contrary to the public interest.
It is DOE's policy that all comments may be included in the public
docket, without change and as received, including any personal
information provided in the comments (except information deemed to be
exempt from public disclosure).
B. Issues on Which DOE Seeks Comment
Although DOE welcomes comments on any aspect of this proposal, DOE
is particularly interested in receiving comments and views of
interested parties concerning the following issues:
1. DOE requests comment on its proposal to align AEDM validation
requirements for WICF refrigeration equipment to the validation
requirements for commercial HVAC, refrigeration, and WH equipment.
2. DOE requests comment on the following tolerances for WICF AEDMs.
For energy consumption metrics, the AEDM result for a model must be
equal to or greater than 95 percent of the tested results for that same
model. For energy efficiency metrics, the AEDM results for a model must
be less than or equal to 105 percent of the tested results for that
same model.
3. DOE seeks comment regarding the proposed requirement imposed on
the manufacturer to re-certify any basic model with test data,
including test data provided by DOE, in the case of a model failing to
meet its AEDM rating.
4. DOE requests comment on its proposal to not require re-
validation of an AEDM upon every change in a federal conservation
standard or test procedure, but retain discretion to evaluate each case
individually and require re-validation on a case-by-case basis in the
NOPR upon issuance of a final standard rule or test procedure.
5. DOE requests comment on whether 90 days is an appropriate amount
of time to complete the re-validation, re-rating and re-certification
steps for cases where they are necessary for AEDMs.
6. DOE requests comment on its proposal to allow unit coolers and
condensing units to be rated separately, and particularly the nominal
values described in Table III.6.
7. DOE seeks comment on its nominal values for calculating electric
defrost power and heat load in the absence of a full defrost test or
for an individual condensing unit. DOE also seeks comment on its
nominal values for calculating hot gas defrost power and heat load. The
nominal values may be found in sections III. B. 1. and III. B. 2.
8. DOE requests comment on its proposed amendments and
clarifications to the test procedure; specifically (but not limited to)
its modifications to the off-cycle evaporator fan test (section III. B.
3.), temperature measurement (section III. B. 5.), refrigerant line
insulation (section III. B. 7.), and composition analysis (section III.
B. 8.).
9. DOE asks whether the proposed requirement to remove facers or
protective skins from panels before measuring thermal resistance is
appropriate.
10. DOE asks whether the proposed requirement that a test sample
for panel thermal resistance measurement be 1 inch in thickness and
from the center of a WICF panel is appropriate.
11. DOE asks whether the tolerances specified for flatness (+/-
0.03) and parallelism (.030 inches) for WICF panels before measuring
thermal resistance are appropriate and sufficient.
12. DOE asks whether a tolerance of 1 degree Fahrenheit
for mean temperature during thermal resistance measurement is
appropriate and sufficient.
13. DOE asks whether a 48-hour period after cutting the WICF panel
for measuring thermal resistance is appropriate and sufficient,
14. DOE requests comment on its proposal to remove the test
procedures in 10 CFR 431, Appendix A to Subpart R that reference ASTM
C1363-05 and DIN EN 13164/13165 and their accompanying calculation
procedures, leaving only ASTM C518-04 testing in 10 CFR 431.304 for
establishing the thermal resistance of WICF panels.
15. DOE asks whether the surface heat transfer coefficients
prescribed by NFRC 100[E0A1] are appropriate.
VI. Approval of the Office of the Secretary
The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of today's notice
of proposed rulemaking.
List of Subjects
10 CFR Part 429
Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business
information, Energy conservation, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
10 CFR Part 431
Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business
information, Energy conservation, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Issued in Washington, DC, on February 7, 2014.
Kathleen B. Hogan,
Deputy Assistant Secretary for Energy Efficiency, Energy Efficiency and
Renewable Energy.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, DOE is proposing to amend
parts 429 and 431 of Chapter II, Subchapter D of Title 10, Code of
Federal Regulations, as set forth below:
[[Page 9842]]
PART 429--CERTIFICATION, COMPLIANCE, AND ENFORCEMENT FOR CONSUMER
PRODUCTS AND COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT
0
1. The authority citation for part 429 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291-6317.
0
2. Section 429.53 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 429.53 Walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers.
(a) Determination of represented value.
(1) Refrigeration equipment: Manufacturers shall determine the
represented value, which includes the certified rating, for each basic
model of walk-in cooler or freezer refrigeration equipment, either by
testing, in conjunction with the applicable sampling provisions, or by
applying an AEDM.
(i) Units to be tested.
(A) If the represented value for a given basic model is determined
through testing, the general requirements of Sec. 429.11 apply; and
(B) For each basic model selected for testing, a sample of
sufficient size shall be randomly selected and tested to ensure that--
(1) Any represented value of energy consumption or other measure of
energy use of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower
values shall be greater than or equal to the higher of:
(i) The mean of the sample, where:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP20FE14.003
and, x is the sample mean; n is the number of samples; and
xi is the ith sample; Or,
(ii) The upper 95 percent confidence limit (UCL) of the true mean
divided by 1.05, where:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP20FE14.004
And x is the sample mean; s is the sample standard deviation; n is the
number of samples; and t0.95 is the t statistic for a 95%
one-tailed confidence interval with n-1 degrees of freedom (from
Appendix A to subpart B). And,
(2) Any represented value of energy efficiency or other measure of
energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor
higher values shall be less than or equal to the lower of:
(i) The mean of the sample, where:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP20FE14.005
And, x is the sample mean; n is the number of samples; and
xi is the ith sample; Or,
(ii) The lower 95 percent confidence limit (LCL) of the true mean
divided by 0.95, where:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP20FE14.006
And x is the sample mean; s is the sample standard deviation; n is the
number of samples; and t0.95 is the t statistic for a 95%
one-tailed confidence interval with n-1 degrees of freedom (from
Appendix A to subpart B).
(ii) Alternative efficiency determination methods. In lieu of
testing, a represented value of efficiency or consumption for a basic
model of a walk-in cooler or freezer refrigeration system must be
determined through the application of an AEDM pursuant to the
requirements of Sec. 429.70 and the provisions of this section, where:
(A) Any represented value of energy consumption or other measure of
energy use of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower
values shall be greater than or equal to the output of the AEDM and
less than or equal to the Federal standard for that basic model; and
(B) Any represented value of energy efficiency or other measure of
energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor
higher values shall be less than or equal to the output of the AEDM and
greater than or equal to the Federal standard for that basic model.
(2) WICF components other than those specified in (a)(1) of this
subsection.
(i) Units to be tested.
(A) If the represented value for a given basic model is determined
through testing, the general requirements of Sec. 429.11 apply; and
(B) For each basic model selected for testing, a sample of
sufficient size shall be randomly selected and tested to ensure that--
(1) Any represented value of energy consumption or other measure of
energy use of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower
values shall be greater than or equal to the higher of:
(i) The mean of the sample, where:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP20FE14.007
and, x is the sample mean; n is the number of samples; and
xi is the ith sample; Or,
(ii) The upper 95 percent confidence limit (UCL) of the true mean
divided by 1.05, where:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP20FE14.008
And x is the sample mean; s is the sample standard deviation; n is the
number of samples; and t0.95 is the t statistic for a 95%
one-tailed confidence interval with n-1 degrees of freedom (from
Appendix A to subpart B). And,
(2) Any represented value of energy efficiency or other measure of
energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor
higher values shall be less than or equal to the lower of:
(i) The mean of the sample, where:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP20FE14.009
And, x is the sample mean; n is the number of samples; and
xi is the ith sample; Or,
(ii) The lower 95 percent confidence limit (LCL) of the true mean
divided by 0.95, where:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP20FE14.010
And x is the sample mean; s is the sample standard deviation; n is the
number of samples; and t0.95 is the t statistic for a 95%
one-tailed confidence interval with n-1 degrees of freedom (from
Appendix A to subpart B).
(b) Certification reports. (1) Except that Sec. 429.12(b)(6)
applies to the certified component, the requirements of Sec. 429.12
are applicable to manufacturers of the components of walk-in coolers
and freezers (WICFs) listed in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and;
(2) Pursuant to Sec. 429.12(b)(13), a certification report shall
include the following public product-specific information:
(i) For WICF doors: The door type, R-value of the door insulation,
and a declaration that the manufacturer has incorporated the applicable
design requirements. In addition, for those WICFs with transparent
reach-in doors and windows: The glass type of the doors and windows
(e.g., double-pane with heat reflective treatment, triple-pane glass
with gas fill), and the power draw of the antisweat heater in watts per
square foot of door opening.
(ii) For WICF panels: The R-value of the insulation (except for
glazed
[[Page 9843]]
portions of the doors or structural members)
(iii) For WICF refrigeration systems: The motor purpose (i.e.,
evaporator fan motor or condenser fan motor), the horsepower, and a
declaration that the manufacturer has incorporated the applicable
design requirements.
0
3. Section 429.70 is amended by adding paragraph (f) to read as
follows:
Sec. 429.70 Alternative methods for determining energy efficiency or
energy use.
* * * * *
(f) Alternative efficiency determination method (AEDM) for walk-in
refrigeration equipment.
(1) Criteria an AEDM must satisfy. A manufacturer may not apply an
AEDM to a basic model to determine its efficiency pursuant to this
section unless:
(i) The AEDM is derived from a mathematical model that estimates
the energy efficiency or energy consumption characteristics of the
basic model as measured by the applicable DOE test procedure;
(ii) The AEDM is based on engineering or statistical analysis,
computer simulation or modeling, or other analytic evaluation of
performance data; and
(iii) The manufacturer has validated the AEDM, in accordance with
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(2) Validation of an AEDM. Before using an AEDM, the manufacturer
must validate the AEDM's accuracy and reliability as follows:
(i) The manufacturer must select at least the minimum number of
basic models for each validation class specified in paragraph
(f)(2)(iv) of this section to which the particular AEDM applies. Using
the AEDM, calculate the energy use or energy efficiency for each of the
selected basic models. Test a single unit of each basic model in
accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section. Compare the
results from the single unit test and the AEDM output according to
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section. The manufacturer is responsible
for ensuring the accuracy and repeatability of the AEDM.
(ii) Individual Model Tolerances:
(A) The predicted efficiency for each model calculated by applying
the AEDM may not be more than five percent greater than the efficiency
determined from the corresponding test of the model.
(B) The predicted energy efficiency for each model calculated by
applying the AEDM must meet or exceed the applicable federal energy
conservation standard.
(iii) Additional Test Unit Requirements:
(A) Each AEDM must be supported by test data obtained from physical
tests of current models; and
(B) Test results used to validate the AEDM must meet or exceed
current, applicable Federal standards as specified in part 431 of this
chapter;
(C) Each test must have been performed in accordance with the
applicable DOE test procedure with which compliance is required at the
time the basic model is distributed in commerce; and
(D) For a mismatched WICF refrigeration system, an AEDM may not
simulate or model portions of the system that are not required to be
tested by the DOE test procedure. That is, if the test results used to
validate the AEDM are for either a unit cooler only or a condensing
unit only, the AEDM must estimate the system rating using the nominal
values specified in the DOE test procedure for the other part of the
refrigeration system.
(iv) WICF Refrigeration Validation Classes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum number of distinct models
Validation class that must be tested
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dedicated Condensing, Medium 2 Basic Models.
Temperature, Indoor System.
Dedicated Condensing, Medium 2 Basic Models.
Temperature, Outdoor System.
Dedicated Condensing, Low 2 Basic Models.
Temperature, Indoor System.
Dedicated Condensing, Low 2 Basic Models.
Temperature, Outdoor System.
Unit Cooler connected to a 2 Basic Models.
Multiplex Condensing Unit,
Medium Temperature.
Unit Cooler connected to a 2 Basic Models.
Multiplex Condensing Unit, Low
Temperature.
Medium Temperature, Indoor 2 Basic Models.
Condensing Unit.
Medium Temperature, Outdoor 2 Basic Models.
Condensing Unit.
Low Temperature, Indoor 2 Basic Models.
Condensing Unit.
Low Temperature, Outdoor 2 Basic Models.
Condensing Unit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) AEDM Records Retention Requirements. If a manufacturer has used
an AEDM to determine representative values pursuant to this section,
the manufacturer must have available upon request for inspection by the
Department records showing:
(i) The AEDM, including the mathematical model, the engineering or
statistical analysis, and/or computer simulation or modeling that is
the basis of the AEDM;
(ii) Equipment information, complete test data, AEDM calculations,
and the statistical comparisons from the units tested that were used to
validate the AEDM pursuant to paragraph (f)(2) of this section; and
(iii) Equipment information and AEDM calculations for each basic
model to which the AEDM has been applied.
(4) Additional AEDM Requirements. If requested by the Department
the manufacturer must perform at least one of the following:
(i) Conduct simulations before representatives of the Department to
predict the performance of particular basic models of the product to
which the AEDM was applied;
(ii) Provide analyses of previous simulations conducted by the
manufacturer; or
(iii) Conduct certification testing of basic models selected by the
Department.
(5) AEDM Verification Testing. DOE may use the test data for a
given individual model generated pursuant to Sec. 429.104 to verify
the certified rating determined by an AEDM as long as the following
process is followed:
(i) Selection of units: DOE will obtain units for test from retail,
where available. If units cannot be obtained from retail, DOE will
request that a unit be provided by the manufacturer.
(ii) Lab Requirements: DOE will conduct testing at an independent,
third-party testing facility of its choosing. In cases where no third-
party laboratory is capable of testing the equipment, it may be tested
at a manufacturer's facility upon DOE's request.
(iii) Manufacturer Participation: Testing will be performed without
manufacturer representatives on-site.
(iv) Testing: All verification testing will be conducted in
accordance with
[[Page 9844]]
the applicable DOE test procedure, as well as each of the following to
the extent that they apply:
(A) Any active test procedure waivers that have been granted for
the basic model;
(B) Any test procedure guidance that has been issued by DOE;
(C) If during test set-up or testing, the lab indicates to DOE that
it needs additional information regarding a given basic model in order
to test in accordance with the applicable DOE test procedure, DOE may
organize a meeting between DOE, the manufacturer and the lab to provide
such information.
(D) At no time during the process may the lab communicate directly
with the manufacturer without DOE present.
(v) Failure to meet certified rating: If a model tests worse than
its certified rating by an amount exceeding the tolerance prescribed in
paragraph (f)(5)(vi) of this section, DOE will notify the manufacturer.
DOE will provide the manufacturer with all documentation related to the
test set up, test conditions, and test results for the unit. Within the
timeframe allotted by DOE, the manufacturer may then present all claims
regarding testing validity.
(vi) Tolerances:
(A) For consumption metrics, the result from a DOE verification
test must be less than or equal to the certified rating x (1 + the
applicable tolerance).
(B) For efficiency metrics, the result from a DOE verification test
must be greater than or equal to the certified rating x (1 - the
applicable tolerance).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applicable
Equipment Metric tolerance
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Refrigeration systems (including components) AWEF 5%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(vii) Invalid Rating: If, following discussions with the
manufacturer and a retest where applicable, DOE determines that the
testing was conducted appropriately in accordance with the DOE test
procedure, the rating for the model will be considered invalid.
Pursuant to 10 CFR 429.13(b), DOE may require a manufacturer to conduct
additional testing as a remedial measure.
PART 431--ENERGY EFFICIENCY PROGRAM FOR CERTAIN COMMERCIAL AND
INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT
0
4. The authority citation for part 431 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291-6317.
0
5. Section 431.304 is amended by:
0
a. Revising paragraphs (b) introductory text, and (b)(3) through (6);
0
b. Adding paragraph (b)(7);
0
c. Revising paragraphs (c) introductory text, and (c)(3) through (6);
0
d. Re-designating paragraphs (c)(7) through (c)(10) as paragraphs
(c)(8) through (c)(11), respectively;
0
e. Adding new paragraph (c)(7);
0
f. Revising newly redesignated paragraphs (c)(8) through (10);
0
g. Adding paragraph (c)(12).
The revisions and additions read as follows:
Sec. 431.304 Uniform test method for the measurement of energy
consumption of walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers.
* * * * *
(b) This paragraph (b) shall be used for the purposes of certifying
compliance with the applicable energy conservation standards of the R-
value of panels until January 1, 2015.
* * * * *
(3) For calculating the R value for freezers, the K factor of the
foam at 20 1 degrees Fahrenheit (average foam temperature)
shall be used.
(4) For calculating the R value for coolers, the K factor of the
foam at 55 1 degrees Fahrenheit (average foam temperature)
shall be used.
(5) Foam shall be tested after it is produced in its final chemical
form. (For foam produced inside of a panel (``foam-in-place''), ``final
chemical form'' means the foam is cured as intended and ready for use
as a finished panel. For foam produced as board stock (typically
polystyrene), ``final chemical form'' means after extrusion and ready
for assembly into a panel or after assembly into a panel.) Foam from
foam-in-place panels must not include any structural members or non-
foam materials. Foam produced as board stock may be tested prior to its
incorporation into a final panel. A test sample no more than one inch
in thickness must be taken from the center of a panel (meaning,
centered on a plane half the distance between the surfaces on which
facers were attached) and any protective skins or facers must be
removed. The two surfaces of the test sample that will contact the hot
plate assemblies (as defined in ASTM C518) must both maintain 0.03 inches flatness tolerance and also maintain parallelism with
respect to one another within 0.03 inches. Testing must be
completed within 48 hours of samples being cut for testing.
(6) Internal non-foam member and/or edge regions shall not be
considered in ASTM C518 testing.
(7) For panels consisting of two or more layers of dissimilar
insulating materials (excluding facers or protective skins), test each
material as described in paragraph (4). For a panel with n layers of
insulating material, the R-Value shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP20FE14.011
Where:
ki is the k factor of type i material as measured by ASTM
C518, and ti is the thickness of type i material that
appears in the panel.
(c) This paragraph (c) shall be used for any representations of
energy efficiency or energy use starting on October 12, 2011 and to
certify compliance to the energy conservation standards of the R-value
of panels on or after January 1, 2015.
* * * * *
(3) For calculating the R value for freezers, the K factor of the
foam at 20 1 degrees Fahrenheit (average foam temperature)
shall be used.
(4) For calculating the R value for coolers, the K factor of the
foam at 55 1 degrees Fahrenheit (average foam temperature)
shall be used.
(5) Foam shall be tested after it is produced in its final chemical
form. (For foam produced inside of a panel (``foam-in-place''), ``final
chemical form'' means the foam is cured as intended and ready for use
as a finished panel. For foam produced as board stock (typically
polystyrene), ``final chemical form'' means after extrusion and ready
for assembly into a panel or after assembly into a panel.) Foam from
foam-in-place panels must not include any structural members or non-
foam materials. Foam produced as board stock may be tested prior to its
incorporation into a final panel. A test sample no more than one inch
in thickness must be taken from the center of a panel (meaning,
centered on a plane half the distance between the surfaces on which
facers were attached) and any protective skins or facers must be
removed. The two surfaces of the test sample that will contact the hot
plate assemblies (as defined in ASTM C518) must both maintain 0.03 inches flatness tolerance and also maintain parallelism with
respect to one another within 0.03 inches. Testing must be
completed within 48 hours of samples being cut for testing.
(6) Internal non-foam member and/or edge regions shall not be
considered in ASTM C518 testing.
(7) For panels consisting of two or more layers of dissimilar
insulating materials (excluding facers or protective skins), test each
material as described in
[[Page 9845]]
paragraph (4). For a panel with n layers of insulating material, the R-
Value shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP20FE14.012
Where:
ki is the k factor of type i material as measured by ASTM
C518, and
ti is the thickness of type i material that appears in
the panel.
(8) Determine the U-factor, conduction load, and energy use of
walk-in cooler and walk-in freezer display panels by conducting the
test procedure set forth in appendix A to this subpart section 4.1.
(9) Determine the energy use of walk-in cooler and walk-in freezer
display doors and non-display doors by conducting the test procedure
set forth in appendix A to this subpart, sections 4.4 and 4.5,
respectively.
(10) Determine the Annual Walk-in Energy Factor of walk-in cooler
and walk-in freezer refrigeration systems by conducting the test
procedure set forth in AHRI 1250 (incorporated by reference; see Sec.
431.303), with the following modifications:
(i) In Table 2, Test Operating and Test Condition Tolerances for
Steady-State Test, electrical power frequency shall have a Test
Condition Tolerance of 1 percent. Also, refrigerant temperature
measurements shall have a tolerance of +/-0.5F for unit cooler in/out,
+/-1.0F for all others temperature measurements.
(ii) In Table 2, the Test Operating Tolerances and Test Condition
Tolerances for Air Leaving Temperatures shall be deleted.
(iii) In Table 2, The Test Condition Tolerance for Outdoor Wet Bulb
Temperature of 0.3 applies only to units with evaporative cooling.
(iv) In section C3.1.6, refrigerant temperature measurements
upstream and downstream of the unit cooler may use sheathed sensors
immersed in the flowing refrigerant instead of thermometer wells.
(v) In section C3.5, for a given motor winding configuration, the
total power input shall be measured at the highest nameplate voltage.
For three-phase power, voltage imbalances shall be no more than 2
percent from phase to phase.
(vi) In the test setup (section C8.3), the condenser and unit
cooler shall be connected by pipes of the manufacturer specified size.
The pipe lines shall be insulated with a minimum total thermal
resistance equivalent to \1/2\'' thick insulation having a flat-surface
R-Value of 3.7 ft\2\-[deg]F-hr/Btu per inch or greater. Flow meters
need not be insulated but must not be in contact with the floor. The
lengths of each of the connected liquid line and suction line shall be
25 feet, not including the requisite flow meters. Of this length, no
more than 15 feet shall be in the conditioned space. In the case that
there are multiple branches of piping, the maximum length of piping
applies to each branch individually as opposed to the total length of
the piping.
(vii) In section C3.4.5, for verification of sub-cooling downstream
of mass flow meters, only the sight glass and a temperature sensor
located on the tube surface under the insulation are required.
(viii) Delete section C3.3.6.
(ix) In section C11.1, to determine frost load defrost conditions,
the Frost Load Conditions Defrost Test (C11.1.1) is optional. If the
frost load test is not performed, the frost load defrost DFf
shall be equal to 1.05 times the dry coil energy consumption
DFd measured using the dry coil condition test in section
C11.1 and the number of defrosts per day NDF shall be set to
4.
(x) In section C11.2, if the system has an adaptive or demand
defrost system, the optional test may be run as specified to establish
the number of defrosts per day under dry coil conditions and this
number shall be averaged with the number of defrosts per day calculated
under the frost load conditions. If the system has an adaptive or
demand defrost system and the optional test is not run, the number of
defrosts per day NDF shall be set to the average of 1 and
the number of defrosts per day calculated under the frost load
conditions (section (c)(8)(ix)).
(xi) In section C11.3, if the frost load test is not performed, the
daily contribution of the load attributed to defrost QDF in
Btu shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP20FE14.013
Where:
DFd = the defrost energy, in W-h, at the dry coil
condition
DFf = the defrost energy, in W-h, at the frosted coil
condition
NDF = the number of defrosts per day
(xii) In section C11, if the unit utilizes hot gas defrost,
QDF and DF shall be calculated as follows:
QDF = x NDF
Where:
Qref = Gross refrigeration capacity in Btu/h as measured
at the high ambient condition (90[emsp14][deg]F for indoor systems
and 95[emsp14][deg]F for outdoor systems)
NDF = Number of defrosts per day; shall be set to the
number recommended in the installation instructions for the unit (or
if no instructions, shall be set to 4) for units without adaptive
defrost and 2.5 for units with adaptive defrost
For unit coolers connected to a multiplex system: The defrost energy,
DF, in W-h = 0.
For dedicated condensing systems or condensing units tested
separately:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP20FE14.014
(xiii) In section C3.4.6, for units with integrated oil separators,
the ratio of oil to refrigerants can be assumed to be less than 1%
without the need for confirmatory testing.
(xiv) Section C10 shall be revised to read:
Off-cycle evaporator fan test. Upon the completion of the steady
state test for walk-in systems, the compressors of the walk-in systems
shall be turned off. The unit coolers fans' power consumption shall be
measured in accordance with the requirements in Section C 3.5. Off-
cycle fan power shall be equal to on-cycle fan power unless evaporator
fans are controlled by a qualifying control. Qualifying evaporator fan
controls shall have a user adjustable method of destratifying air
during the off-cycle including but not
[[Page 9846]]
limited to: adjustable fan speed control or periodic ``stir cycles.''
Controls shall be adjusted so that the greater of a 50% duty cycle or
the manufacturer default is used for measuring off-cycle fan energy.
For variable speed controls, the greater of 50% fan speed or the
manufacturer's default fan speed shall be used for measuring off-cycle
fan energy. When a cyclic control is used at least three full ``stir
cycles'' are measured.
(xv) Table 15 and Table 16 are modified as follows:
Table 15--Refrigerator Unit Cooler
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit cooler Unit cooler Liquid
air air Saturated inlet Liquid Outlet
Test description entering entering suction saturation inlet Compressor capacity superheat, Test objective
dry-bulb, relative temp, temp, subcooling, [deg]F
[deg]F humidity, % [deg]F [deg]F [deg]F
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Off Cycle Fan Power............ 35 <50 ........... ........... ........... Compressor Off........ ........... Measure fan input
power during
compressor off
cycle.
Refrigeration Capacity Suction 35 <50 25 105 9 Compressor On......... 6.5 Determine Net
A. Refrigeration
Capacity of Unit
Cooler.
Refrigeration Capacity Suction 35 <50 20 105 9 Compressor On......... 6.5 Determine Net
B. Refrigeration
Capacity of Unit
Cooler.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 16--Freezer Unit Cooler
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit cooler Unit cooler Liquid
air air Saturated inlet Liquid Outlet
Test description entering entering suction saturation inlet Compressor capacity superheat, Test objective
dry-bulb, relative temp, temp, subcooling, [deg]F
[deg]F humidity, % [deg]F [deg]F [deg]F
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Off Cycle Fan Power............ -10 <50 ........... ........... ........... Compressor Off........ ........... Measure fan input
power during
compressor off
cycle.
Refrigeration Capacity Suction -10 <50 25 105 9 Compressor On......... 6.5 Determine Net
A. Refrigeration
Capacity of Unit
Cooler.
Refrigeration Capacity Suction -10 <50 20 105 9 Compressor On......... 6.5 Determine Net
B. Refrigeration
Capacity of Unit
Cooler.
Defrost........................ -10 (\1\) ........... ........... ........... Compressor Off........ ........... Test according to
Appendix C
Section C11.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Various.
* * * * *
(12) Rating of walk-in cooler and freezer refrigeration system
components sold separately
(i) A unit cooler, if sold separately, shall be rated using the
method for testing a unit cooler connected to a multiplex condensing
system.
(ii) A condensing unit, if sold separately, shall be rated using
the following nominal values:
Saturated suction temperature at the evaporator coil exit
Tevap ([deg]F) = 25 for coolers and -20 for freezers
On-cycle evaporator fan power EFcomp,on (W) = 0.016 W-h/Btu
x qmix,cd (Btu/h); where qmix,cd is the gross
cooling capacity at the highest ambient rating condition (90 [deg]F for
indoor units and 95 [deg]F for outdoor units)
Off-cycle evaporator fan power EFcomp,off (W) = 0.2 x
EFcomp,on (W)
For medium temperature (cooler) condensing units: Daily defrost energy
use DF (W-h) = 0 and daily defrost heat load contribution
QDF (Btu) = 0
For low temperature (freezer) condensing units without hot gas defrost
capability:
Daily defrost energy use DF (W-h) = 0.12 (W-h/cycle)/(Btu/h) x
qmix,cd (Btu/h) x NDF for freezers
Defrost heat load contribution QDF (Btu) = 0.95 x DF (W-
h)/3.412 Btu/W-h
For low temperature (freezer) condensing units with hot gas defrost
capability, DF and QDF shall be calculated using the method
in paragraph (10)(xii) of this section.
The number of defrost cycles per day (NDF) shall be set to
the number recommended in the installation instructions for the unit
(or if no instructions, shall be set to 4) for units without adaptive
defrost and 2.5 for units with adaptive defrost.
(iii) Only fixed capacity condensing units may be certified in this
manner. Multiple-capacity condensing units must be rated and certified
as part of a matched system.
0
6. Appendix A to Subpart R of part 431 is amended by:
[[Page 9847]]
0
a. Removing and reserving sections 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, and 5.2;
0
b. Revising paragraph 5.3(a)(1);
0
c. Removing in paragraph 5.3(a)(2) the word ``Internal'' and adding in
its place the words ``Cold-side''; and
0
d. Removing in paragraph 5.3(a)(3) the word ``External'' and adding in
its place the words ``Warm-side''.
The revision reads as follows:
Appendix A to Subpart R of Part 431--Uniform Test Method for the
Measurement of Energy Consumption of the Components of Envelopes of
Walk-In Coolers and Walk-In Freezers
* * * * *
4.2 [Removed and Reserved]
4.3 [Removed and Reserved]
* * * * *
5.1 [Removed and Reserved]
5.2 [Removed and Reserved]
5.3 * * *
(a) * * *
(1) The average surface heat transfer coefficient on the cold-
side of the apparatus shall be 30 Watts per square-meter-Kelvin (W/
m\2\*K) 5%. The average surface heat transfer
coefficient on the warm-side of the apparatus shall be 7.7 Watts per
square-meter-Kelvin (W/m\2\*K) 5%.
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 2014-03101 Filed 2-19-14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P